METROPOLITAN FINANCIAL CORP /DE/
10-K, 1994-03-29
SAVINGS INSTITUTION, FEDERALLY CHARTERED
Previous: TIME WARNER INC, SC 13D/A, 1994-03-29
Next: MERRILL LYNCH GLOBAL HOLDINGS, 485B24E, 1994-03-29





<PAGE>
SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION
Washington, DC  20549

FORM 10-K
(Mark One)
[ X ] ANNUAL REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE 
ACT OF 1934
For the Fiscal Year Ended December 31, 1993

[   ] TRANSITION REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES 
EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934 
For the transition period _________ to ____________

                                             Commission File Number 1-9018      

METROPOLITAN FINANCIAL CORPORATION
(Exact Name of Registrant as Specified in its Charter)
Delaware
(State or Other Jurisdiction of Incorporation or Organization)

45-0388518
(I.R.S. Employer Identification Number)

1000 Metropolitan Centre, 333 South Seventh Street
Minneapolis, Minnesota                                        55402
(Address of Principal Executive Offices)                   (Zip Code)

Registrant's telephone number, including area code: (612) 399-6000

Securities Registered Pursuant to Section 12(b) of the Act:

Title of Each Class
Common Stock, Par Value $.01 Per Share

Name of Each Exchange on Which Registered
New York Stock Exchange, Inc.

Securities Registered Pursuant to Section 12(g) of the Act:
$2.875 Cumulative Perpetual Preferred Stock, Series B and
Warrants to Purchase Shares of Common Stock
(Title of Class)

Indicate by check mark whether the Registrant (1) has filed all reports required
to be filed by Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 during
the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the Registrant was
required to file such reports), and (2) has been subject to such requirements 
for the past 90 days. [X]

Indicate by check mark if disclosure of delinquent filers pursuant to Item 405 
of Regulation S-K is not contained herein, and will not be contained, to the 
best of Registrant's knowledge, in definitive proxy or information statements 
incorporated by reference in Part III of this Form 10-K or any amendment to 
this Form 10-K. [X] 

As of February 28, 1994, the Registrant had 30,927,864 shares of Common Stock
issued and outstanding.  The aggregate market value of the voting stock held by
non-affiliates of the Registrant, based on the closing sale price per share of 
the Registrant's Common Stock as reported on the New York Stock Exchange 
composite tape on February 28, 1994, was $490,979,841.   (The exclusion from 
such amount of the market value of the shares owned by any person shall not be 
deemed an admission by the Registrant that such person is an affiliate of the 
Registrant.) 

DOCUMENTS INCORPORATED BY REFERENCE

Parts I and II of this Annual Report on Form 10-K incorporate by reference
information (to the extent specific pages are referred to herein) from the
Registrant's Annual Report to Shareholders for the year ended December 31, 1993
(the "1993 Annual Report").  Part III of this Annual Report on Form 10-K
incorporates by reference information (to the extent specific sections are
referred to herein) from the Registrant's Proxy Statement for its Annual Meeting
to be held May 4, 1994 (the "1994 Proxy Statement").
<PAGE> 1

PART I

Item 1.BUSINESS.

General

Metropolitan Financial Corporation (the "Company") is a regional financial
services holding company.  The Company's mission is to be the premier provider 
of community financial and home ownership services throughout its markets by 
offering exceptional value to its customers, resulting in profitable growth, 
fulfilling careers and community enhancement.  The primary operations of the
Company are in North Dakota, Minnesota, Nebraska, Iowa, Kansas, South Dakota, 
Wisconsin and Arizona.

The Company operates an FDIC insured consumer savings bank, Metropolitan Federal
Bank, fsb (the "Bank"), which concentrates on the traditional thrift business of
soliciting deposits and making residential mortgage and other secured consumer
loans.  The Bank solicits deposits and makes residential mortgage and other
secured consumer loans through more than 190 full service branches.  Through its
mortgage loan production offices in Minnesota and Arizona, as well as its branch
offices, the Bank originates and services first mortgage loans for the purchase
of one to four family residential properties.  The Company's residential real 
estate brokerage subsidiary, Edina Realty, Inc. ("Edina Realty"), and title 
company subsidiary, Equity Title Services ("Equity Title") are among 
Minnesota's largest providers of their respective services.  Edina Realty and
Equity Title conduct their business in Minnesota and western Wisconsin.  
Certain financial services products like annuities, uninsured investments, 
such as mutual funds, and insurance are provided to customers through a 
subsidiary operating as Metropolitan Financial Services ("MFS").

The Company's primary objective is to maximize shareholder value through the
traditional thrift mission of promoting savings and home ownership.  To achieve
its objective, the Company has identified the goals of continuing to expand the
geographic area, presence and market share of its subsidiaries, thereby further
strengthening the Company's financial condition and enhancing its financial
performance.

The Company was organized under the laws of the State of Delaware in February
1984.  All references to the Company or the Bank include its respective
consolidated subsidiaries, unless the context otherwise requires.  The principal
executive office of the Company is located at 1000 Metropolitan Centre, 333 
South Seventh Street, Minneapolis, Minnesota  55402.  The Company's telephone 
number is (612) 399-6000.

Additional discussion of the Company's business can be found in Management's
Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations and 
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements of the 1993 Annual Report, which is
incorporated herein by reference.

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                         Page
<S>                                                                      <C>
Distribution of Assets, Liabilities, and Shareholders' Equity;
Interest Rates and Interest Differential                                 22, 33 & 35

Assets available for sale                                                41

Investment Portfolio                                                     29, 30, 41 & 42

Loan Portfolio                                                           26-29, 42 & 43

Summary of Loan Loss Experience                                          42 & 43

Deposits                                                                 31 & 44

Return on Equity and Assets                                              17

Short Term Borrowings                                                    31, 44 & 45

Acquisitions                                                             18, 19, 38 & 39
</TABLE>
<PAGE> 2
Competition

The Bank actively competes for savings deposits with thrift institutions and 
banks located in its primary market areas.  The deposit programs of thrift 
institutions such as the Bank also compete with government securities, money 
market mutual funds, and other investment alternatives.  The Bank competes for 
residential mortgage loans, with thrift institutions, banks, mortgage banking 
companies, life insurance companies and other types of lenders.  Interest 
rate, loan origination fees and range of services offered are the primary 
factors in competing for these loans.  Access to prospective mortgage 
customers is facilitated by the ownership of Edina Realty.

Edina Realty actively competes for real estate brokerage business in the
Minneapolis-St. Paul metropolitan area and other areas of Minnesota and western
Wisconsin.  The primary sources of competition are other large regional and
national real estate brokerage firms.  Attracting and retaining a large and
effective group of sales associates is the main factor in competing within the
real estate brokerage business.  The Company seeks to accomplish these goals
through compensation and service.

Equity Title competes for mortgage title and closing business in the 
Minneapolis-St. Paul metropolitan area and other areas of Minnesota and 
western Wisconsin. Equity Title competes principally with local and regional 
title closing companies. The main factors for competing in the industry are 
price and service quality.

MFS, a registered broker-dealer, offers bank customers financial advice and an
array of investment products, including fixed and variable annuities, mutual
funds, unit investment trusts and life insurance.  MFS' competition is 
principally other financial institutions, brokerage houses and other 
financial intermediaries. Access to prospective customers is facilitated by 
the Bank.


Employees

At December 31, 1993, the Company had approximately 2,600 full time equivalent
employees.  Edina Realty works with approximately 2,000 sales associates who
function as independent contractors.

The Company maintains a comprehensive employee benefit program providing, among
other benefits, a qualified pension plan, 401-K savings plan, stock purchase 
plan, paid sick leave, hospitalization, dental and major medical insurance, life
insurance, short and long term disability insurance and education assistance.


Regulation

The following discussion is a summary of some of the important statutes and
regulations applicable to the Company and the Bank.  It is not an exhaustive
description of applicable statutes and regulations, but rather an outline of 
those which are most significant, and it is qualified in its entirety by 
reference to the provisions described.  

Regulatory Structure.  The Company is a savings and loan holding company, and 
the Bank is a federal savings association.  As such, both the Company and the
Bank are subject to regulatory examination and supervision by the Office of 
Thrift Supervision (the "OTS"), and in certain circumstances by the Federal 
Deposit Insurance Corporation (the "FDIC") because the Bank's deposits are 
insured by the FDIC.  The Bank is also subject to some regulation by the 
Federal Reserve Board.

The Bank is a member of the Federal Home Loan Bank ("FHLB") of Des Moines, which
is one of 12 regional FHLB's governed by the Federal Housing Finance Board.  
As a member of a FHLB, the Bank is required to purchase and maintain stock in 
its FHLB. The Bank meets the applicable requirement.

Regulatory Capital.  Under regulatory capital regulations issued by the OTS,
thrift institutions are required to maintain the three following capital
standards.
<PAGE> 3

First, thrift institutions must maintain a ratio of tangible capital to adjusted
total assets of at least 1.5%. Tangible capital is defined as common 
shareholders' equity, noncumulative preferred stock, nonwithdrawable accounts
and pledged deposits, minority interests in fully consolidated subsidiaries, 
and purchased mortgage servicing rights ("PMSRs"), (which may constitute up 
to 50% of tangible capital),  less total intangible assets (except for 
includable PMSRs) and certain investments in subsidiaries that conduct 
activities not permissible for a national bank.

Second, thrift institutions must maintain a ratio of core capital to adjusted
total assets of at least 3%. Core capital generally includes common 
shareholders' equity, noncumulative preferred stock and related surplus, and 
minority interests in fully consolidated subsidiaries, PMSRs and purchased 
credit card relationships ("PCCRs") (which PMSRs may collectively constitute up 
to 50% of core capital), less intangible assets (except for includable PMSRs 
and PCCRs).   Until 1995, thrift institutions which are in substantial 
compliance with all applicable laws and regulations and are generally judged 
to be safe and sound will also be permitted to include a percentage (.375% 
at January 1, 1994, decreasing to 0% on January 1, 1995) of qualifying 
supervisory goodwill (in existence on April 12, 1989) in core capital.  
  
Third, thrift institutions must maintain a ratio of total capital to total risk
weighted assets equal to  8.0%.   Total capital consists of core capital, plus
supplementary capital in an amount up to 100% of core capital.  Supplementary
capital includes certain permanent capital instruments such as cumulative
perpetual preferred stock, certain subordinated debt securities and a limited
percentage of loan loss reserves.  Total risk weighted assets are determined by
assigning a risk weight to each of the institution's assets depending on the 
risk inherent in the type of asset.  Certain off balance sheet items must be 
included in the calculation of risk weighted assets by being converted into 
balance sheet equivalent amounts and multiplied by the assigned risk weights.
The applicable risk weights, as defined by regulation, range from 0% for cash 
and certain government obligations to 100%.

The OTS amended its risk-based capital requirements, generally  effective 
January 1, 1994, to require thrift institutions with more than a "normal" 
level of interest rate risk to maintain additional total capital.  A savings 
institution's interest rate risk will be measured in terms of the sensitivity 
of its "net portfolio value" to changes in interest rates.  The interest rate 
risk amendments have not had a material impact on the Company's regulatory 
capital ratios.

As of December 31, 1993, the Bank met all three fully phased in capital
requirements.  See "Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition
and Results of Operations-Capital Adequacy" in the 1993 Annual Report on page 
32.

Thrift institutions are subject to additional minimum regulatory capital
regulations that require thrift supervisory agencies to take certain prescribed
prompt corrective action in the event an institution fails to meet minimum 
capital levels of its ratios of total capital to total risk-weighted assets 
("risk-based"), core capital to total risk-weighted assets ("Tier 1 risk-
based"), and core capital to adjusted total assets ("leverage"). These three 
ratios are used to classify thrift institutions into five separate capital 
categories:  well capitalized (10%, 6%, and 5%), adequately capitalized (8%, 
4%, and 4% (or 3% if the institution is rated composite 1 under the OTS MACRO
rating system and is experiencing no significant growth)), and three 
undercapitalized categories. Lower classification results in increasingly 
severe supervisory restrictions on thrift activities, although the activities 
of well and adequately capitalized thrifts are relatively unencumbered.  
Under the prompt corrective action regulations, however, all institutions 
are restricted from making any capital distributions or paying any management
fees that would cause the  institution to fail to satisfy the minimum levels 
for any of its capital requirements. Undercapitalized thrifts are required to
timely submit and adhere to a plan to restore capital to adequate levels.  As
of December 31, 1993, the Bank was classified as well capitalized.  See 
"Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of 
Operations-Capital Adequacy" in the 1993 Annual Report on page 32.

Qualified Thrift Lender Status.  In order to qualify as a qualified thrift 
lender ("QTL"), an institution currently must maintain a minimum of 65% of 
certain tangible assets in certain qualifying housing and consumer related 
activities.  At December 31, 1993, based on its asset composition, the Bank 
was a "qualified thrift lender." 

An insured institution that does not maintain its status as a QTL is subject to
the dividend, branching, and new activity restrictions applicable to banks, and
will be ineligible for new FHLB advances.  An institution failing to regain QTL
status after three years will be required to divest investments in or 
discontinue activities that are not permissible for banks.   In addition, a 
unitary savings and loan holding company, such as the Company, that owns a 
thrift failing the QTL test becomes subject to activity restrictions applicable 
to multiple savings and loan holding companies, unless the thrift regains its 
QTL status within a one-year period.
<PAGE> 4

Restrictions on Dividends.  Savings associations are limited in the amount of
"capital distributions" that they are permitted to make, including cash 
dividends, payments by a savings association to repurchase or otherwise 
acquire its shares, payments to shareholders of another entity in a cash out 
merger and other distributions charged against capital.  The regulation also 
applies to capital distributions that the Bank may make to the Company, 
thereby affecting the dividends that the Company may pay to its shareholders.  
The regulation requires that the Bank provide the OTS with 30 days prior 
written notice of any capital distribution (which period begins to run from the 
date of OTS receipt of notice). A dividend declared within the notice period,
or without giving the prescribed notice, is invalid.  The regulation 
establishes a three tiered system of regulation, with the greatest 
flexibility being afforded to well capitalized institutions such as the Bank.
An institution that has regulatory capital that is at least equal to its 
fully phased in capital requirements, and has not been notified that it "is 
in need of more than normal supervision," is a Tier 1 institution.  Any 
institution that has regulatory capital at least equal to it minimum
capital requirement, but less than its fully phased in capital requirements,
is a Tier 2 institution.  An institution having regulatory capital that is
less than its minimum capital requirements is a Tier 3 institution.  At
December 31, 1993, the Bank qualified as a Tier 1 institution.

A Tier 1 institution is permitted, after prior notice to the OTS, to make 
capital distributions  up to the higher of 100% of its net income to date 
during the calendar year plus the amount that would reduce by one-half its 
"surplus capital ratio" (the percentage by which the ratio of its regulatory 
capital to assets exceeds its fully phased in capital ratio) at the beginning 
of the calendar year or 75% of its net income over the most recent four-quarter 
period.  Any additional amount of capital distributions would require prior 
regulatory approval.  A Tier 2 institution is permitted, after prior notice 
to the OTS, to make capital distributions in amounts up to 75% of its net 
income for the most recent four quarters, if it maintains total regulatory 
capital equal to at least 8% of its risk weighted assets, which the amount 
of capital distributions permitted is reduced by the amount of capital 
distributions that the institution previously has made during the four 
quarter period.  A Tier 3 institution is not authorized to make any capital 
distributions except with prior OTS approval or pursuant OTS approved 
capital plan.

Liquidity.  Applicable regulations require member institutions to maintain an
average daily balance of liquid assets equal to 5% of the sum of their average
daily balance of net withdrawable deposit accounts and current borrowings
(borrowings payable in one year or less).  At December 31, 1993, the Bank was in
compliance with this requirement, with a liquidity ratio of 6.7%.

Loans to One Borrower Restrictions.  Permissible lending limits for loans to one
borrower are the greater of $500,000 or 15% of unimpaired capital and surplus
(except for loans fully secured by certain readily marketable securities, in 
which case this limit is increased to 25% of unimpaired capital and surplus). 
At December 31, 1993, the Bank did not have any borrowers above the lending 
limits.

Insurance of Accounts and Regulation by the FDIC.  The Bank is a member of the
Savings Association Insurance Fund ("SAIF"), which is administered by the FDIC. 
The FDIC has certain regulatory and oversight authority over federal savings
associations, such as the Bank. The deposits of the Bank are insured up to
$100,000 per insured depositor (as defined by law and regulations) by the 
SAIF and are backed by the full faith and credit of the United States 
Government.  Pursuant to FDIC regulations, well capitalized thrifts may 
accept brokered deposits, adequately capitalized institutions may do so only 
with FDIC approval, while under capitalized thrift institutions may not accept 
such deposits.  As insurer, the FDIC is authorized to conduct examinations of 
and to require reporting by FDIC insured institutions.  It also may prohibit any
FDIC insured institution from engaging in any activity the FDIC determines by
regulation or order to pose a serious threat to the SAIF.  The FDIC also has 
the authority to initiate enforcement actions against savings associations, 
after giving the OTS an opportunity to take such action.  The FDIC has adopted 
a  risk-based assessment system  that assesses insurance premiums 
significantly higher than the premiums formerly charged and that places 
higher assessments on those thrifts that pose a greater threat to the SAIF.  
The system classifies SAIF insured institutions into one of three capital 
categories, well capitalized, adequately capitalized or undercapitalized, 
based on measurements of their risk-based, Tier 1 risk-based and leverage
ratios.  These categories are very similar to those used for purposes of
prompt corrective action regulations.  Within each of these three capital 
groups, institutions are further classified into one of three subgroups 
principally on the basis of supervisory evaluations by the institution's 
primary supervisory authority.  The assessment rate will vary from 0.23% of 
deposits for well capitalized institutions in the highest subgroup  to 0.31% 
of deposits for undercapitalized institutions in the lowest subgroup.  As of 
January 1, 1994, the Bank was classified as well capitalized.  In addition, 
the FDIC has authority to increase SAIF assessment rates. 
<PAGE> 5

Transactions with Affiliates.  All transactions involving a savings association
and its affiliates are subject to sections 23A and 23B of the Federal Reserve 
Act ("FRA").  Generally, these sections restrict certain of these 
transactions to a percentage of a savings association's capital and require such
transactions to be on terms consistent with safe and sound banking practice and 
as favorable to the savings association as transactions with nonaffiliates.  
The affiliates of a savings association include any company (i) that controls 
the savings association, (ii) with which the savings association is under 
common control, (iii) controlled by controlling shareholders of the savings 
association or the company controlling the savings association, (iv) with a 
majority of interlocking directors with the savings association or the 
company controlling the savings association and (v) sponsored and advised on 
a contractual basis by the savings association or any of its subsidiaries or 
affiliates.  The Bank's subsidiaries are not deemed affiliates; however, 
transactions between the Bank or any of its subsidiaries and any affiliates 
are subject to the requirements and limits of sections 23A and 23B.

Affiliated persons include insiders, i.e. officers, directors and controlling
(10%) shareholders.  Regulations of the OTS also circumscribe the activities
between the bank and its subsidiaries and insiders.  Loans to insiders are 
subject to Sections 22(g) and 22(h) of the FRA and the regulations 
promulgated thereunder. Among other things, such loans must be made on terms 
substantially the same as for loans to non-insiders and are subject to the 
loans to one borrower restrictions. See "Loans to One Borrower Restrictions."
Total loans to insiders may not, in the aggregate, exceed the Bank's 
unimpaired capital and unimpaired surplus.

Change in Control Regulations.  Savings and loan holding companies, such as the
Company, are prohibited from directly or indirectly acquiring (i) control of
another thrift institution or thrift holding company without prior OTS approval,
(ii) another thrift institution or thrift holding company or all or 
substantially all of the assets of any thrift institution or thrift holding 
company without prior OTS approval, (iii) more than 5% of the voting shares 
of another thrift institution or thrift holding company which is not a 
subsidiary, or (iv) control of an institution not insured by the FDIC.   
Savings and loan holding companies are also subject to the Federal Change in 
Bank Control Act, which imposes additional notification requirements on the 
Company when it acquires control of an FDIC insured institution.  
Additionally, savings associations may not acquire control of banks without 
the prior approval of the OTS.

Safety and Soundness.  On November 18, 1993, the OTS issued proposed regulations
that establish (for savings associations but not holding companies) general
operational and managerial standards for internal controls and information
systems, an internal audit system, loan documentation, credit underwriting,
interest rate exposure, asset growth and compensation matters.  Savings
associations will be required to maintain a ratio of classified assets 
(generally, substandard or doubtful assets) to total capital (including any 
general valuation allowance not eligible for inclusion in total capital for 
risk-based capital purposes) of no more than 1.0, or such lesser ratio 
required by the OTS. Additionally, a savings association must have minimum 
earnings sufficient to absorb losses without impairing capital.  The proposed
regulations generally require a savings association holding company to not 
pose a serious risk to its savings association subsidiary.  The failure of a 
savings association or holding company to comply with safety and soundness 
standards will result in the required filing of a compliance plan with the 
OTS and, potentially, the issuance of an OTS order or other enforcement action.

Possible Restrictions on the Activities of the Corporation and its 
Subsidiaries. If the OTS determines there is reasonable cause to believe 
that any of the Company's activities present a risk to the soundness or 
stability of the Bank, the OTS may restrict the payment of dividends by the 
Bank, transactions between the Bank and any affiliate or any Bank activity.  
In addition, if the Bank loses its status as a Qualified Thrift Lender, it 
could become ineligible to receive FHLB advances and the Company could be 
subject to significant restrictions on its activities and additional 
regulation.  See "Qualified Thrift Lender Status."

Enforcement Powers.  The OTS and the FDIC have substantial enforcement remedies,
including civil and criminal penalties, that may be assessed against an
institution or an institution's directors, officers, employees, agents or
independent contractors for failure to comply with OTS or FDIC regulations,
policies and directives.  For known violations and under certain other 
aggravated circumstances, civil or criminal penalties up to $1,000,000 per 
day may be assessed, as well as jail sentences of up to five years.  For 
lesser violations, penalties of up to $25,000 or $5,000 per day, or lesser 
jail sentences, may be imposed.

Item 2.PROPERTIES.

The Company's executive offices are located at 1000 Metropolitan Centre, 333 
South Seventh Street, Minneapolis, Minnesota.  The Bank's executive offices 
are located at 1600 Radisson Tower, Fargo, North Dakota.  At December 31, 
1993, the Bank had branch offices located in North Dakota (32), Minnesota (58), 
Nebraska (26), Iowa (31), Kansas (31), South Dakota (10), Wisconsin (6) and 
Arizona (2).  The Bank has two mortgage loan production offices in Minnesota 
and one in
<PAGE> 6
Arizona.  In addition to its production offices, the Bank has loan officers
located in Edina Realty locations.  Edina Realty  which has 49 real estate sales
offices in the states of Minnesota and Wisconsin, has its headquarters 
located in Edina, Minnesota.  Equity Title, which has 9 closing offices in 
the states of Minnesota and Wisconsin, is also headquartered in Edina, 
Minnesota.   The Company owns and operates 129 of the facilities listed.  The
remaining 125 facilities are leased.  All of these properties are well 
maintained and are adequate to meet the Company's immediate needs.

The Company uses computer service bureaus to perform the primary data processing
functions on a fee for service basis.  The Company owns and leases computers,
peripheral equipment and terminals which are used to interface with the service
bureau's equipment.  Additional information regarding premises and equipment is
presented in Note I of Notes to Consolidated Financial Statement on page 43 
of the 1993 Annual Report, which is incorporated herein by reference.

Item 3.LEGAL PROCEEDINGS.

The Company is not involved in any pending legal proceedings other than
nonmaterial proceedings which arise in the ordinary course of business. 

Item 4.SUBMISSION OF MATTERS TO A VOTE OF SECURITY HOLDERS.

No matter was submitted to a vote of security holders, through the 
solicitation of proxies or otherwise, during the quarter ended December 31, 
1993.

Item 4A.

EXECUTIVE OFFICERS OF THE REGISTRANT

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
Name and Age                         Position held with the Company               Other Positions Held During Past Five Years*
                                     on March 23, 1994 and Year First
                                     Elected to Office Indicated
<S>                                  <C>                                          <C>
Norman M. Jones (63)                 Chairman of the Board and Chief
                                     Executive Officer - 1983.

William P. Bartkowski (42)           Executive Vice President and Chief           Senior Vice President - 1988 and Vice 
                                     Administrative Officer - 1990                President - 1984, Director of Corporate       
                                                                                  Communications

Jerry L. Record (53)                 Executive Vice President - 1993;             Chairman and President of American
                                     President and Chief Operating Officer        Charter Federal Savings & Loan
                                     of Metropolitan Federal Bank, fsb - 1993     Association, Lincoln, Nebraska

Steven B. Dewald (33)                Executive Vice President - 1993,             Senior Vice President, Corporate
                                     Chief Financial Officer - 1992               Controller - 1990, and Chief Accounting   
                                                                                  Officer - 1989

J. Michael Nilles (63) **            Executive Vice President and                 Partner, Nilles Law Firm, Ltd.
                                     General Counsel - 1990

David J. Melroe (45)                Senior Vice President and    
                                    Treasurer - 1986

Ronald J. Peltier (45)              President and Chief Executive                 General Manager, Senior Vice President - 1988
                                    Officer of Edina Realty - 1992                of Edina Realty and General Sales Manager -
                                                                                  1979
</TABLE>
[FN]
Executive officers of the Company are elected annually by the Board of
Directors and hold office until their successors are duly elected and qualify or
until they resign or are replaced by the Board of Directors.

*All officers and positions described are with the Company except as noted.

** J. Michael Nilles and William O. Nilles, Vice Chairman of the Company, are
siblings.
<PAGE> 7
PART II

Item 5.MARKET FOR REGISTRANT'S COMMON EQUITY AND RELATED SHAREHOLDER MATTERS.

Information under the caption "Dividends per Common Share" on page 55 and 
"Common Stock Prices" on page 56 of the 1993 Annual Report are incorporated 
herein by reference.  As of March 9, 1994, there were approximately 3,568 
common stock record holders.

MFC has paid quarterly cash dividends on its common stock since the 1985 holding
company reorganization and has periodically issued stock dividends on the common
stock.  

The Board of Directors considers the advisability and amount of each proposed
dividend.  Future cash dividends on the Company's common stock will be 
determined on the basis of the Company's income, financial condition, capital
needs, regulatory requirements and other factors deemed relevant by the 
Board.  There can be no assurance that cash or stock dividends on the common 
stock will continue to be declared by the Company.

As a holding company without significant assets other than its equity 
interest in the Bank and Edina Realty, the Company's ability to pay cash 
dividends on its common stock primarily depends upon the cash dividends it 
receives from these subsidiaries.  Dividend payments from the Bank are 
subject to regulation by the OTS.  See "Item 1 - Business - Regulation - 
Restrictions on Dividends" for a discussion of regulatory restrictions on the 
ability of the Bank to pay dividends.  The amount available for payment of 
dividends by the Bank to the Company for 1994 is $89 million plus the total 
of current year earnings.  Edina Realty's ability to pay dividends is limited
by Minnesota's corporate law.  Dividends payable by the Bank may also be 
limited by tax law considerations.  In addition, the Company's ability 
to pay dividends is limited by the Delaware General Corporation Law.

Item 6.

SELECTED FINANCIAL DATA.

Selected Financial Data on pages 16 and 17 of the 1993 Annual Report is
incorporated herein by reference.

Item 7.

MANAGEMENT'S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF
OPERATIONS.

Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of
Operations on pages 16 through 32 of the 1993 Annual Report is incorporated 
herein by reference.

Item 8.FINANCIAL STATEMENTS AND SUPPLEMENTARY DATA.

The Report of Independent Auditors and the Consolidated Financial Statements
included on pages 33 through 54 of the 1993 Annual Report are incorporated 
herein by reference.

Quarterly Results of Operations on page 55 of the 1993 Annual Report are
incorporated herein by reference.
<PAGE> 8

Item 9.

CHANGES IN AND DISAGREEMENTS WITH ACCOUNTANTS ON ACCOUNTING AND FINANCIAL
DISCLOSURE.

None.

PART III



Item 10.

DIRECTORS AND EXECUTIVE OFFICERS OF THE REGISTRANT.

(a)  Directors of the Registrant.

The information under the captions "Election of Directors-Information about
Directors and Nominees" in the Company's 1994 Proxy Statement is incorporated
herein by reference.

(b)  Executive Officers of the Registrant.

Information concerning Executive Officers of the Company is included in this
Report under Item 4A.  "Executive Officers of the Registrant."


Item 11.

EXECUTIVE COMPENSATION.

The information under the caption "Election of Directors-Director Compensation"
and "Compensation and Other Benefits" in the Company's 1994 Proxy Statement is
incorporated herein by reference.

Item 12.

SECURITY OWNERSHIP OF CERTAIN BENEFICIAL OWNERS AND MANAGEMENT.

The information under the caption "Security Ownership of Management" in the
Company's 1994 Proxy Statement is incorporated herein by reference.

Item 13.

CERTAIN RELATIONSHIPS AND RELATED TRANSACTIONS.

The information under the caption "Certain Transactions" in the Company's 1994
Proxy Statement is incorporated herein by reference.
<PAGE> 9

PART IV

Item 14.

EXHIBITS, FINANCIAL STATEMENT SCHEDULES AND REPORTS ON FORM 8-K.

(a)(1)  Financial Statements.

The following information appearing in the Company's 1993 Annual Report is
incorporated by reference in this Form 10-K Annual Report.

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                          Pages in
Annual Report Section                                  Annual Report
<S>                                                         <C>
Consolidated Statements of Condition                         33

Consolidated Statements of Income                            34

Consolidated Statements of Changes in Shareholders' Equity   35

Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows                        36

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements              37 - 53
</TABLE>
(a)(2) Financial Statement Schedules.

All financial statement schedules have been omitted as the required 
information is inapplicable or has been included in the Consolidated
Financial Statements.

(a)(3)  Exhibits.

The exhibits to this Report are listed in the Exhibit Index on pages 13, 14, 15
and 16 herein.

A copy of any of these exhibits will be furnished at a reasonable cost to any
person who is a shareholder of the Company as of March 23, 1994, upon receipt
from any such person of a written request for any such exhibit.  Such 
requests should be sent to Metropolitan Financial Corporation, 1000 Metropolitan
Centre, 333 South Seventh Street, Minneapolis, Minnesota, 55402, 
Attention:  Patricia Henning, Vice President, Corporate Communications and 
Investor Relations.

The following is a list of each management contract or compensatory plan or
arrangement required to be filed as an Exhibit to this  Annual Report on Form
10-K pursuant to Item 14 (c):

<TABLE>
<S>             <C>                                                    <C>
(1)             1982 Stock Option Plan and Incentive Plan..............Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4 to the Company's 
                                                                       Registration Statement on Form S-8 (File No. 33-1385).

(2)             1990 Stock Option Plan.................................Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.10 to the Company's 
                                                                       Registration Statement on Form S-2 (File No. 33-37050).

(3)             Amendment to 1990 Stock Option Plan....................Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.12 to the Company's 
                                                                       Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 
                                                                       1991 (File No. 1-9018).
<PAGE> 10

(4)             Executive Incentive Compensation Plan..................Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.13 to the Company's 
                                                                       Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 
                                                                       1991 (File No. 1-9018).

(5)             Supplemental Retirement Arrangement between            Incorporated by reference to a written description thereof 
                the Company and Norman M. Jones........................on page 8 of the Company's Proxy Statement dated March 27, 
                                                                       1991 (File No. 1-9018).

(6)             Severance Agreement, dated December 1, 1990, between   Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.14 to the Company's
                the Company and Norman M. Jones....................... Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 
                                                                       1990 (File No. 1-9018).

(7)             Severance Agreement, dated December 1, 1990 between    Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.15 to the Company's
                the Company and Charles D. Kalil...................... Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 
                                                                       1990 (File No. 1-9018).

(8)             Trust Agreement, dated October 19, 1989, between       Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.16 to the Company's
                the Company and First Trust National Association,      Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31,
                as Trustee, and Norman M. Jones as Trust Beneficiary... 1990 (File No. 1-9018)

(9)             First Amendment to Trust Agreement, dated October 19,  Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.17 to the Company's
                1989, between the Company, First Trust National        Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31,
                Association, as Trustee, and Norman M. Jones, as       1990 (File No. 1-9018)
                Trust Beneficiary

(10)            Employee Stock Purchase Plan...........................Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.19 to the Company's 
                                                                       Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 
                                                                       1991 (File No. 1-9018).

(11)            Non-Employee Director Stock Option Plan............... Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.13 to the Company's 
                                                                       Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 
                                                                       1992 (File No. 1-9018).

(12)            Directors' Retirement Plan.............................Filed herewith.

(13)            1993 Stock Option and Incentive Plan...................Filed herewith.

(14)            Employment Agreement, dated May 29, 1993, between      
                the Company and J. Michael Nilles......................Filed herewith.

(15)            Board resolution setting forth Charles D. Kalil        
                compensation...........................................Filed herewith.
<PAGE> 11

(16)            Separation Agreement, dated June 15, 1993, between     
                the Company and Stan K. Dardis.........................Filed herewith.

(17)            Executive Management Severance Pay Plan................Filed herewith.

(18)            Executive Management Change in Control Severance Pay  
                Plan...................................................Filed herewith.
</TABLE>

(b)  Reports on Form 8-K.

During the quarter ended December 31, 1993, the Company filed no Reports on Form
8-K.
<PAGE> 12

SIGNATURES


Pursuant to the requirements of Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities 
Exchange Act of 1934, the Registrant has duly caused this report to be 
signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized.


METROPOLITAN FINANCIAL CORPORATION

/S/ Norman M. Jones  
NORMAN M. JONES
(Duly Authorized Representative)

March 23 ,1994
(Date)


Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, this report
has been signed below by the following persons on behalf of the Registrant 
and in the capacities and on the dates indicated.

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
Signature                          Title                                                       Date
<S>                                <C>                                                         <C>
/s/ Norman M. Jones                Chairman, Director and Chief                                March 23, 1994
NORMAN M. JONES                    Executive Officer (Principal Executive Officer)

/s/ Steven B. Dewald               Executive Vice President and Chief                          March 23, 1994
STEVEN B. DEWALD                   Financial Officer (Principal Financial Officer)

/s/  William T. Cox                Senior Vice President and                                   March 23, 1994
WILLIAM T. COX                     Controller (Principal Accounting Officer)

/s/ William O. Nilles              Vice Chairman and Director                                  March 23, 1994
WILLIAM O. NILLES

/s/ Charles D. Kalil               Secretary and Director                                      March 23, 1994
CHARLES D. KALIL

/s/ Lawrence E. Davis              Director                                                    March 23, 1994
LAWRENCE E. DAVIS

/s/ R. Douglas Larsen              Director                                                    March 23, 1994
R. DOUGLAS LARSEN

/s/ William C. Marcil              Director                                                    March 23, 1994
WILLIAM C. MARCIL

/s/ Dr. Trueman E. Tryhus          Director                                                    March 23, 1994
DR. TRUEMAN E. TRYHUS

/s/ Karol D. Emmerich              Director                                                    March 23, 1994
KAROL D. EMMERICH

/s/ Steven G. Rothmeier            Director                                                    March 23, 1994
STEVEN G. ROTHMEIER
</TABLE>
<PAGE> 13

METROPOLITAN FINANCIAL CORPORATION
Exhibit Index to Annual Report on Form 10-K
For Fiscal Year Ended December 31, 1993
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
Item No.     Item                                                         Method of Filing
<S>          <C>                                                          <C>
3.1          Restated Certificate of Incorporation                        Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.2 to the 
                                                                          Company's Registration Statement on Form S-8 (File No. 
                                                                          33-35207).

3.2          Bylaws of the Company as amended                             Filed herewith.

4.1          Specimen form of the Company's Common
             Stock Certificate                                            Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 7 to the 
                                                                          Company's Registration Statement Form 8-A  (File No. 
                                                                          1-9018).

4.2          Specimen form of Preferred Stock Certificate for
             the Company's $2.875 Cumulative Perpetual
             Preferred Stock, Series B                                    Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 1.1 to the 
                                                                          Company's Report on Form 8 dated November 19, 1990, 
                                                                          amending the Company's Registration Statement on
                                                                          Form 8-A (file no. 1-9018). 

4.3          Certificate of Designations of the Company's
             $2.875 Cumulative Perpetual Preferred Stock,
             Series B                                                     Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 2.1 to the
                                                                          Company's Report on Form 8 dated November 19, 
                                                                          1990, amending the Company's Registration
                                                                          Statement on Form 8-A (file no. 1-9018).

4.4          Specimen form of Warrant Certificate                         Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 1.2 to the
                                                                          Company's Report on Form 8 dated November 19, 
                                                                          1990, amending the Company's Registration
                                                                          Statement on Form 8-A (File No. 1-9018).

4.5          Warrant Agreement                                            Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 2.2 to the
                                                                          Company's Report on Form 8 dated November 19,     
                                                                          1990, amending the Company's Registration           
                                                                          Statement on Form 8-A (File No. 1-9018).

4.6          Indenture, dated September 1, 1992, between the Company
             and First Trust National Association, as trustee             Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.1 to the           
                                                                          Company's Registration Statement on Form S-3 (File    
                                                                          No. 33-51522).

10.1         1982 Stock Option Plan and Incentive Plan                    Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4 to the 
                                                                          Company's Registration Statement on Form S-8 (File
                                                                          No. 33-1385).

<PAGE> 14
10.2         Termination Agreement, dated December, 18, 1991,
             among the FDIC, the RTC, the Bank and the Company            Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.10 to the
                                                                          Company's Annual Report on Form 10-K for the
                                                                          year ended December 31, 1991 (File No. 1-9018).

10.3         1990 Stock Option Plan                                       Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.10 to the
                                                                          Company's Registration Statement on Form S-2
                                                                          (File No. 33-37050).

10.4         Amendment to 1990 Stock Option Plan                          Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.12 to the
                                                                          Company's Annual Report on Form 10-K for the              
                                                                          year ended December 31, 1991 (File No. 1-9018).

10.5         The Executive Incentive Compensation Plan                    Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.13 to the         
                                                                          Company's Annual Report on Form 10-K for the              
                                                                          year ended December 31, 1991 (File No. 1-9018).

10.6         Supplemental Retirement Arrangement between
             the Company and Norman M. Jones                              Incorporated by reference to a written descrip-
                                                                          tion thereof on page 8 of the Company's Proxy             
                                                                          Statement dated March 27, 1991 (File No. 1-9018).

10.7         Severance Agreement dated December 1, 1990,
             between the Company and Norman M. Jones                      Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.14 to the
                                                                          Company's Annual Report on Form 10-K for the
                                                                          year ended December 31, 1990 (File No. 1-9018).
10.8         Severance Agreement dated December 1, 1990,
             between the Company and Charles D. Kalil                     Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.15 to the
                                                                          Company's Annual Report on Form 10-K for the
                                                                          year ended December 31, 1990 (File No. 1-9018).

10.9         Trust Agreement dated October 19, 1989, between
             the Company and First Trust National Association,
             as Trustee, and Norman M. Jones as Trust Beneficiary         Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.16 to the
                                                                          Company's Annual Report on Form 10-K for the
                                                                          year ended December 31, 1990 (File No. 1-9018).
10.10        First Amendment to Trust Agreement dated
             October 19, 1989, between the Company, First
             Trust National Association, as Trustee, and
             Norman M. Jones, as Trust Beneficiary                        Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.17 to the
                                                                          Company's Annual Report on Form 10-K for the
                                                                          year ended December 31, 1990 (File No. 1-9018).
<PAGE> 15
10.11        The Employee Stock Purchase Plan                             Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.19 to the  
                                                                          Company's Annual Report on Form 10-K for the              
                                                                          year ended December 31, 1991(File No. 1-9018).

10.12        Non-Employee Director Stock Option Plan                      Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.13 to the         
                                                                          Company's Annual Report on Form 10-K for the              
                                                                          year ended December 31, 1992 (File No. 1-9018).

10.13        Agreement and Plan of Merger, dated July 21, 1992, 
             as amended, among the Company, Metropolitan 
             Federal Bank, fsb and American Charter Federal 
             Savings and Loan Association                                 Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.14 to 
                                                                          the Company's Annual Report on Form 10-K for 
                                                                          the year ended December 31, 1992 
                                                                          (File No. 1-9018).

10.14        Agreement and Plan of Merger, dated November 16,             
             1992, among the Company, Metropolitan Federal 
             Bank, fsb, Western Financial Corporation and Columbia
             Savings Association, F.A.                                    Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.15 to the         
                                                                          Company's Annual Report on Form 10-K for the              
                                                                          year ended December 31, 1992 (File No. 1-9018).

10.15        Directors' Retirement Plan                                   Filed herewith.

10.16        1993 Stock Option and Incentive Plan                         Filed herewith.

10.17        Employment Agreement, dated
             May 29, 1993, between the Company and
             J. Michael Nilles                                            Filed herewith.

10.18        Board resolution setting forth
             Charles D. Kalil compensation                                Filed herewith.

10.19        Separation Agreement, dated
             June 15, 1993, between the Company and
             Stan K. Dardis                                               Filed herewith.

10.20        Executive Management Severance Pay Plan                      Filed herewith.

10.21        Executive Management Change In Control Severance Pay Plan    Filed herewith.
<PAGE> 16
11.1         Computation of Per Share Earnings                            Filed herewith.

13.1         Annual Report to Shareholders (Pages 16 to 56)               Filed herewith.

21.1         Subsidiaries of the Registrant                               Filed herewith.

23.1         Consent of Ernst & Young                                     Filed herewith.
</TABLE>


Exhibit 11.1
METROPOLITAN FINANCIAL CORPORATION
COMPUTATION OF PER SHARE EARNINGS
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
(In thousands, except per share data)                                                    Year Ended December 31
                                                      1993                       1992                      1991
<S>                                                    <C>                        <C>                       <C>
<CAPTION>
Primary

Average number of common shares outstanding         30,481                     26,764                    20,351

Net effect of dilutive stock options/warrants-
  based on the treasury stock method
  using average market price                         1,181                      1,620                     1,295
                                                    31,662                     28,384                    21,646
Income before extraordinary item and cumulative
  effect of accounting change                       65,174                     67,519                    57,439

Extraordinary Item                                      _                     (6,329)                       _

Cumulative effect of accounting change                  _                     75,941                        _

Dividends on preferred stock                         1,405                      1,405                     5,085

Net Income                                          63,769                    135,726                    52,354

Income per share before extraordinary items and
  cumulative effect of accounting change              2.01                       2.34                      2.42

Extraordinary Item                                      _                       (0.22)                       _

Cumulative effect of accounting change                  _                        2.66                        _

Earnings Per Share                                   $2.01                      $4.78                     $2.42

<CAPTION>
Fully Diluted

Average number of common shares outstanding         30,481                     26,764                    20,351

Net effect of dilutive stock options / warrants-
  based on the treasury stock method
  using closing market price if higher
  than average market price                          1,211                      1,939                     1,782

Net effect of other dilutive securities-
  conversion of preferred shares to
  common shares                                         _                       1,910                     6,361
                                                    31,692                     30,613                    28,494
Income before extraordinary item and 
  cumulative effect of accounting change            65,174                     67,519                    57,439

Extraordinary Item                                      _                      (6,329)                       _

Cumulative effect of accounting change                  _                      75,941                        _

Dividends on nonconvertible preferred stock          1,405                      1,405                     1,405

Net Income                                          63,769                    135,726                    56,034

Income per share before extraordinary 
  items and cumulative effect of accounting change    2.01                       2.17                      1.96

Extraordinary Item                                      _                       (0.21)                      _                       

Cumulative effect of accounting change                  _                        2.47                        _

Earnings Per Share                                   $2.01                      $4.43                     $1.96
</TABLE>

<PAGE>

Exhibit 22.1
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                               State of
																																																																	     Percentage               Incorporation
Parent                                                                of Ownership             or Organization     
<S>                       <C>                                         <C>                      <C>
Metropolitan Financial    1) Metropolitan Federal Bank, fsb           100%                     U.S.
   Corporation            2) Edina Realty, Inc.                       100%                     Minnesota



<CAPTION>
The following are first tier subsidiaries of Metropolitan Federal Bank, fsb:

                          1) Equity Title Services, Inc.              100%                     Minnesota

                          2) MFC Insurance Corporation                100%                     South Dakota
                             (dba, Metropolitan Financial Services)

                          3) Metropolitan Service Corporation         100%                     North Dakota

                          4) Lancaster Investment Corporation         100%                     Nebraska                             
      
                          5) American Charter Credit Corporation      100%                     Delaware

                          6) Security Consumer Services, Inc.         100%                     Minnesota

                          7) First Realty Property Management, Ltd.   100%                     Iowa
     
                          8) Columbia Mortgage Corporation            100%                     Kansas

                          9) Western Columbia Mortgage Holding, Inc.  100%                     Kansas
</TABLE>
</page>

<PAGE>15
Management's Discussion & Analysis of Financial Condition & Results 
of Operations

General Discussion                                                          16
Acquisition Activity                                                        18
Results of Operations                                                       19
Financial Condition                                                         26

Consolidated Financial Statements

Consolidated Statements of Condition                                        33
Consolidated Statements of Income                                           34
Consolidated Statements of Changes in Shareholders' Equity                  35
Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows                                       36

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

Note A    Summary of Significant Accounting Policies                        37
Note B    Business Combinations                                             38
Note C    Fair Value of Financial Instruments                               39
Note D    Assets Available-for-Sale                                         41
Note E    Investment Securities                                             42
Note F    Mortgage-backed Securities                                        42
Note G    Loans                                                             42
Note H    Real Estate                                                       43
Note I    Office Properties and Equipment                                   43
Note J    Deposits                                                          44
Note K    FHLB Advances and Other Borrowings                                44
Note L    Interest Exchange and Protected Rate Agreements                   45
Note M    Shareholders' Equity                                              45
Note N    Income Taxes                                                      46
Note O    Employee Benefits                                                 48
Note P    Parent Company Financial Information                              50
Note Q    Segment Information                                               53

Report of Management                                                        54
Report of Independent Auditors                                              54
Other Supplementary Data                                                    55
Directors and Board Members                                                 57
<PAGE> 16
Management's Discussion and Analysis

General Discussion

Metropolitan Financial Corporation (the "Company") is a regional financial 
services holding company.  The Company's mission is to be the premier 
provider of community financial and home ownership services throughout its 
markets by offering exceptional value to its customers, resulting in 
profitable growth, fulfilling careers and community enhancement. The primary 
operations of the Company are in North Dakota, Minnesota, Nebraska, Iowa, 
Kansas, South Dakota, Wisconsin and Arizona.

Table 1: Selected Financial Data
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>                                                                                       Year ended December 31
(Dollars in thousands, except per share data)               1993         1992          1991          1990         1989
<S>                                                          <C>          <C>           <C>           <C>          <C>
Operations Data
Interest income                                       $  472,726   $  424,765    $  407,020    $  367,482   $  371,734
Interest expense                                         274,612      272,208       301,908       291,790      305,898
Net interest income                                      198,114      152,557       105,112        75,692       65,836
Provision for loan losses                                  7,859        8,316         8,000         6,011        6,441
Net interest income after
provision for loan losses                                190,255      144,241        97,112        69,681       59,395
Gains related to mortgage
  banking activities                                      16,271        9,264           225         4,645        2,930
Other gains on sale of mortgage-backed 
  and other securities                                         _       44,377        33,366         8,725       13,007
Other noninterest income                                  73,566       60,761        55,850        50,961       51,912
Noninterest expense                                      193,633      148,581       124,687       108,656      113,369
Income before income taxes, 
extraordinary item and cumulative 
effect of accounting change                               86,459      110,062        61,866        25,356       13,875
Federal and state income taxes (benefit)                  21,285       42,543         4,427        (1,980)     (10,203)
Income before extraordinary item and 
cumulative effect of accounting change                    65,174       67,519        57,439        27,336       24,078
Extraordinary item                                             _       (6,329)            _             _            _
Cumulative effect of accounting change                         _       75,941             _           995            _
Net Income                                            $   65,174   $  137,131    $   57,439    $   28,331   $   24,078
Earnings Per Share
Primary:
Before extraordinary item and cumulative
effect of accounting change                           $     2.01   $     2.34    $     2.42    $     1.25   $     1.20
Extraordinary item                                             _        (0.22)            _             _            _
Cumulative effect of accounting change                         _         2.66             _          0.05            _
Net Primary                                           $     2.01   $     4.78    $     2.42    $     1.30   $     1.20
Fully Diluted:
Before extraordinary item and cumulative
effect of accounting change                           $     2.01   $     2.17    $     1.96    $     1.08   $     1.12
Extraordinary item                                             _        (0.21)            _             _            _
Cumulative effect of accounting change                         _         2.47             _          0.04            _
Net Fully Diluted                                     $     2.01   $     4.43    $     1.96    $     1.12   $     1.12
Cash Dividends Per Share
Common                                                $     0.39   $     0.27    $     0.19    $     0.17   $     0.15
Preferred-Series A                                             _            _          2.00          2.00         0.99
Preferred-Series B                                    $     2.88   $     2.88    $     2.88    $     0.33   $        _
<PAGE> 17
Ratios
Return on average assets before
 extraordinary item and cumulative
 effect of accounting change                                0.98%        1.28%         1.25%         0.68%        0.60%
Return on average assets                                    0.98         2.61          1.25          0.70         0.60
Return on average equity before
 extraordinary item and cumulative
 effect of accounting change                               14.00        17.03         22.78         13.84        16.03
Return on average equity                                   14.00        34.58         22.78         14.35        16.03
Average equity to average assets                            7.02         7.54          5.47          4.88         3.72
Net interest margin                                         3.21         3.13          2.44          2.02         1.75
Nonperforming assets to total assets                        1.65         1.60          2.32          1.62         0.91
Common dividend payout ratio                               19.40         6.09          9.69         15.18        13.39

At December 31
Financial Condition
Total Assets                                          $7,006,785   $6,146,511    $4,667,680    $4,545,741   $3,822,473 
Loans                                                  4,585,410    3,267,131     2,335,993     1,936,677    1,670,789
Mortgage-backed securities                               943,193    1,612,801       936,929     1,511,456    1,057,695
Investment securities                                          -      419,129       100,693       204,277      172,164
Assets available-for-sale                                873,938      162,304       882,527             -            -
FSLIC notes and covered assets                                 -            -             -       487,080      527,048
Goodwill                                                  61,517       62,715        62,720        66,993       73,802
Deposits                                               5,354,635    5,207,025     3,824,069     3,394,175    2,719,411
FHLB advances                                            921,801      252,643       462,323       574,243      539,989
Other Borrowings                                         133,159      166,343        55,251       296,048      331,771
Shareholders' equity                                  $  504,383   $  426,644    $  278,763    $  225,746   $  188,727          
</TABLE>





The Company operates an FDIC insured consumer savings bank, Metropolitan Federal
Bank, fsb (the "Bank"), which concentrates on the traditional thrift business of
soliciting deposits and making residential mortgage and other secured consumer
loans. The Company's residential real estate brokerage subsidiary, Edina Realty,
Inc. ("Edina Realty"), and title company subsidiary, Equity Title Services
("Equity Title"), are among Minnesota's largest providers of their respective
services. Edina Realty and Equity Title conduct their business in Minnesota and
western Wisconsin. Certain financial services products like annuities, uninsured
investments, such as mutual funds, and insurance are provided to customers 
through a subsidiary operating as Metropolitan Financial Services ("MFS").

Consolidated Highlights

The Company earned net income of $65.2 million for the year ended December 31,
1993, compared with net income of $137.1 million in 1992 and $57.4 million in
1991. Fully diluted earnings per share were $2.01 in 1993, compared with 
$4.43 in 1992 and $1.96 in 1991. Earnings in 1992 included nonrecurring 
gains, an extraordinary item and the cumulative effect of implementing 
Statement of Financial Accounting Standards ("SFAS") No. 109, which 
represented approximately $96.7 million, net of tax, or $3.16 per share. 
Earnings in 1991 included nonrecurring gains related to securities sales of 
$20.4 million, net of tax, or $.71 per share.

Income before income taxes, extraordinary item and cumulative effect of 
accounting change totaled $86.5 million for 1993, compared with $110.1 million 
in 1992 and $61.9 million in 1991. Amounts in 1992 and 1991 include 
nonrecurring gains associated with mortgage-backed and other securities sales. 
These gains which resulted from balance sheet restructurings were $44.4 million 
or 40 percent of pre-tax earnings in 1992 and $33.4 million or 54 percent of 
pre-tax earnings in 1991. Net gains on asset sales of $16.3 million in 1993 
were in conjunction with ongoing mortgage banking activities. This compares 
with net gains of $9.3 million in 1992 and $225,000 in 1991 associated with 
ongoing mortgage banking activities.
<PAGE> 18

Growth in the Company's balance sheet during 1993 resulted primarily from
acquisitions. During 1993 the Company acquired two institutions with assets
totaling approximately $813 million. Total assets at December 31, 1993 were $7.0
billion, an increase of $860 million or 14 percent from December 31, 1992. 
Shareholders' equity totaled $504.4 million at December 31, 1993, an increase of
18 percent over the previous year-end balance.

At year end, the Bank's regulatory tangible capital ratio was 7.0 percent, which
is well above the minimum requirement. The Bank is considered "well capitalized"
as defined by the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation ("FDIC"), placing the 
Bank in the lowest deposit insurance premium range established by the FDIC.

Acquisition Activity

The Company continued its acquisition strategy in 1993 and 1992. On September 
26, 1993, the Company signed a definitive agreement to acquire Rocky Mountain 
Financial Corporation and its bank subsidiary, Rocky Mountain Bank, fsb 
("Rocky Mountain").  Rocky Mountain had assets and deposits of approximately 
$537 million and $428 million at December 31, 1993, respectively. The Bank 
will pay Rocky Mountain shareholders approximately $64.2 million in cash as 
consideration after payment of approximately $3.0 million of transaction 
expenses.  The transaction, which received regulatory approval in February 
1994, will be accounted for as a purchase and is expected to close in 
March 1994.

On August 6, 1993, the Bank completed its acquisition of Eureka Savings Bank, 
fsb, Eureka, Kansas ("Eureka"). The acquisition consideration of approximately 
$20.8 million was paid in cash and the transaction was accounted for as a 
purchase. The acquisition expanded the Company's presence in Kansas which 
began with the acquisition of Western Financial Corporation ("Western") in 
June 1993. The transaction added assets of $233 million, deposits of $176 
million and 10 retail branches.

On June 11, 1993, the acquisition of Western and its federally chartered savings
and loan association subsidiary Columbia Savings Association F.A. 
("Columbia") was completed. Pursuant to the agreement and plan of merger, 
Western was merged into the Company and Columbia was merged with the Bank. 
Total merger consideration of approximately $21.9 million the form of cash 
and the Company's common stock. The transaction was accounted for
as a purchase. The acquisition of Western gave the Company a presence in Kansas
with $580 million in assets, $497 million in deposits and 24 retail branches.

On December 16, 1992, the Company completed a merger with American Charter 
Federal Savings and Loan Association of Lincoln, Nebraska ("American 
Charter"). The transaction, a voluntary supervisory conversion merger, 
converted American Charter from a mutual to a stock company which was then 
merged with the Bank. The Bank assumed all assets and liabilities of American 
Charter at no cost other than transaction costs. Total assets and deposits 
added to the Bank's balance sheet were $945 million and $848 million, 
respectively. The acquisition represented the Company's first expansion 
into Nebraska. On December 1, 1992, the Company completed the purchase of 
Home Owners Savings Bank of Fergus Falls, Minnesota ("Home Owners") from 
the Resolution Trust Corporation ("RTC"). The purchase included all assets 
and liabilities of Home Owners including five branch offices. Four of the 
branches are located in northwestern Minnesota, providing the Bank its first 
significant entry into this area. The transaction added approximately $127 
million in assets and $113 million in deposits.

On September 30, 1992, the Company completed a merger with Security Financial
Group, Inc., St. Cloud, Minnesota ("Security Financial"). The transaction was
completed through the exchange of common stock, with shareholders of Security
Financial receiving $12.8 million of the Company's common stock. The 
transaction was accounted for as a pooling of interests, however, due to the 
relatively small size of Security Financial in relation to the Company, prior
year amounts were not restated. Therefore, 1992 amounts were adjusted to
reflect the combination of Security Financial as if it had occurred
January 1, 1992. The transaction added $220 million in assets, $200 
million in deposits and provided the Bank with a presence in St. Cloud and 
other central Minnesota communities.
<PAGE> 19

On April 24, 1992, the Company purchased from the RTC twelve branch offices and
$160 million in deposits of First Federal Savings Bank of South Dakota, Rapid
City, South Dakota, ("First Federal"). The acquisition included the purchase of
deposits, selected consumer loans, and sundry assets. The Company paid $2.9
million for the First Federal deposits. The acquisition of First Federal 
gave the Company a presence in western South Dakota.

On March 13, 1992, the Company purchased from the RTC five branch offices and
$73 million in deposits of Monycor Federal Savings Bank, Barron, Wisconsin
("Monycor"). The acquisition included the purchase of deposits and various 
assets.  The Company paid $2.9 million for the Monycor deposits. The 
acquisition of Monycor provided the Company with an enhanced presence in the 
western Wisconsin market.

Results of Operations
The primary source of the Company's recurring net income is net interest income.
Also affecting the Company's net income are realty commissions, gains related to
mortgage banking activities, title closing and other fee income, noninterest
expense and income taxes.

Organizational Highlights
The Company's earnings are provided by its four primary operating entities 
offset somewhat by parent company expense which reflects, among other things,
interest expense on the Company's subordinated debt.

The following table reflects net income before extraordinary items and the
cumulative effect of accounting changes by organizational unit.

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>                        Year Ended December 31
(In thousands)                 1993      1992      1991
<S>                             <C>       <C>       <C>
The Bank                    $64,715   $66,143   $55,293
Edina Realty                  1,601     1,538       979
Equity Title                  1,675     1,375       941
MFS                           1,406       418        13
Parent Company 
and Other                    (4,223)   (1,955)      213
                            $65,174   $67,519   $57,439
</TABLE>
The Bank recorded net income before extraordinary items and the cumulative 
effect of accounting changes of $64.7 million in 1993, compared with $66.1 
million in 1992 and $55.3 million in 1991. Excluding nonrecurring gains, 
earnings before extraordinary items and the effect of changes in accounting 
totaled $64.7 million in 1993, compared with $40.0 million in 1992 and $34.9 
million in 1991. Bank results for 1993 and 1992 reflect 33 percent and 47
percent increases in net interest income over 1992 and 1991, respectively, 
attributable to acquisitions and improved net interest margin. The net interest 
margin was 3.32 percent for the Bank in 1993, compared with 3.17 percent in 1992
and 2.45 percent in 1991.  Noninterest income decreased to $34.5 million in 1993
from $68.4 million in 1992 and $53.2 million in 1991. Noninterest income in 
1992 and 1991 included nonrecurring gains related to asset sales of $44.4 
million and $33.4 million, respectively. Noninterest expense increased 35 
percent to $136.9 million from $101.1 million in 1992 and $84.1 million in 
1991. The increases are due principally to acquisitions. As a result of 
acquisitions, the number of retail branch offices increased to 196 branches at 
December 31, 1993, compared with 185 at the end of 1992 and 125 in 1991.

The Company announced in January 1994 that Edina Realty and Equity Title 
would not be spun-off. As a result, the activities of these organizations 
are no longer reflected as discontinued operations. The Company originally 
announced the spin-off of Edina Realty and Equity Title in April 1993 as a 
means of allowing the companies to meet new, more challenging growth 
objectives. These objectives included the Company's intent to have the 
flexibility to obtain multiple thrift holding company status and Edina Realty 
and Equity Title's intent to grow through the use of a separate, publicly 
traded stock. However, the decision was made to retain Edina Realty and 
Equity Title, as the larger transactions that would require the flexibility to 
become a multiple thrift holding company became too costly. Management 
believes that the most effective means of achieving further balance sheet 
earnings and growth is to retain Edina Realty and Equity Title and their 
access to asset generating opportunities and fee generating capabilities.  
Total loans originated by the Bank's loan officers located in Edina Realty 
offices in 1993 was $570 million, approximately 35 percent of the Company's 
total mortgage loan production. In addition, the Company is looking to expand
its real estate brokerage presence through acquisition in markets the 
Company serves outside Minnesota.
<PAGE> 20

Edina Realty recorded net income of $1.6 million in 1993, compared with $2.0
million in 1992 and $1.0 million in 1991. Net income in 1992 included 
$346,000 from the cumulative effect of adopting SFAS No. 109. Revenues 
increased 7 percent to $36.3 million in 1993 from $33.9 million in 1992 and 
$28.1 million in 1991. Increases in revenues resulted from record sales 
volume in 1993 totaling $3.5 billion, compared with $3.0 billion in 1992 and 
$2.4 billion in 1991.  Increases in revenues were offset by increases in 
expenses in 1993 and 1992 of 8 percent and 23 percent from 1992 and 1991. 
Edina Realty had approximately 2,000 sales associates and 49 offices as of 
December 31, 1993.

Equity Title recorded net income of $1.7 million in 1993, compared with $1.4
million in 1992 and $1.0 million in 1991. Revenues increased 19 percent to $13.7
million in 1993 and 44 percent to $11.5 million in 1992. Revenues were $8.0 
million in 1991. Increases in revenues resulted from record closings in 1993 
totaling 12,782 compared with 10,757 in 1992 and 7,198 in 1991. Increases in 
revenues were offset by increases in expenses in 1993 of 18 percent and 56 
percent from 1992 and 1991. 

Metropolitan Financial Services recorded net income of $1.4 million in 1993,
compared with $418,000 in 1992 and $13,000 in 1991. Revenues in 1993 
increased to $4.6 million from $852,000 in 1992. At the end of 1992, 
management identified the sale of uninsured investment products as a 
significant noninterest income revenue opportunity and began a focused sales 
effort in that direction.

Net Interest Income

Net interest income for the year ended December 31, 1993 was $198.1 million
compared with $152.6 million in 1992 and $105.1 million in 1991. The increase 
from 1992 to 1993 was due primarily to a 27 percent increase in average 
earning assets.  The increase from 1991 to 1992 was due to a significant 
widening of the net interest margin and a 13 percent increase in average 
earning assets. The increase in average earning assets in each period 
reflects the Company's acquisition strategy that is expected to continue in 
the future.

Net interest income is the difference between the interest earned on interest
earning assets and interest paid on interest bearing liabilities. Net interest
income is affected by both the volume of interest earning assets in relation to
interest bearing liabilities and the net interest margin, representing the
difference in yields earned on assets and rates paid on interest bearing
liabilities. Economic, regulatory and competitive factors also have a
significant effect on net interest income. The Company's primary approach to
managing net interest income has been through growth, primarily by acquiring 
organizations with asset/liability structures similar to its own and obtaining 
the maximum interest rate spreads available between existing core assets and 
liabilities, primarily single-family mortgage and secured consumer loans and 
retail deposits, respectively, without accepting high levels of interest rate 
risk.

The $45.6 million increase in net interest income during 1993 resulted mainly 
from growth in average earning assets of $1,310 million, compared with growth in
interest bearing liabilities of $1,269 million. Interest earning assets 
increased primarily in the areas of mortgage and consumer loans due to 
acquisitions and record loan originations. Interest bearing liabilities 
increased as a result of acquisitions with the majority of the increase coming 
from certificates of deposit. The increase in interest earning assets and the 
difference by which interest earning assets exceed interest bearing 
liabilities resulted in $47.5 million of additional income in 1993 versus 
1992. In 1992, average earning assets increased $558 million, compared with 
average interest bearing liabilities growth of $492 million. The growth of 
the Company's balance sheet from the preceding year was the
primary reason for the increase in net interest income. The details of these
changes are set forth in Table 2-Rate/Volume Analysis.
<PAGE> 21

Table 2: Rate/Volume Analysis

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>                                               Year Ended December 31                        Year Ended December 31
                                                                 1993 vs. 1992                                 1992 vs. 1991
(In thousands)                              Volume          Rate         Total         Volume           Rate           Total
<S>                                             <C>          <C>           <C>            <C>            <C>             <C>
Interest Income
Loans                                     $104,046     $(40,335)      $ 63,711        $66,678       $(15,453)      $ 51,225
Mortgage-backed securities                   8,895      (23,520)       (14,625)        11,329        (19,179)        (7,850)
FSLIC notes and covered assets                   _            _              _        (25,910)             _        (25,910)
Investment securities and other interest 
earning assets                              (1,093)         (32)        (1,125)         6,751         (6,471)           280
____________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________
                                           111,848      (63,887)        47,961         58,848        (41,103)        17,745
Interest ExpenseTransaction deposit          3,622      (17,929)       (14,307)         8,402         (2,299)         6,103
Passbook deposits                            5,350        1,019          6,369          3,010        (15,157)       (12,147)
Certificates                                46,211      (40,771)         5,440         13,079        (28,786)       (15,707)
FHLB advances                                7,589       (8,595)        (1,006)           613         (6,163)        (5,550)
Borrowings                                   1,601        4,307          5,908          2,267         (4,666)        (2,399)
____________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________
                                            64,373      (61,969)         2,404         27,371        (57,071)       (29,700)
Increase (Decrease) 
in Net Interest Income                    $ 47,475     $ (1,918)       $45,557        $31,477        $15,968        $47,445
</TABLE>
[FN]
The Rate/Volume Analysis presents the dollar amount of changes in interest 
income and interest expense for interest earning assets and interest bearing 
liabilities. The table distinguishes between the changes related to average
outstanding balances (changes in volume holding the average interest rate 
constant) and changes related to average interest rates (changes in average 
interest rates holding the initial balance constant). Changes in rate/volume
(changes in rate times the changes in volume) are allocated ratably between the 
rate and volume variances.

As depicted in Table 3-Consolidated Average Balance Sheet and Related Yields and
Rates, the net interest margin, which represents net interest income as a
percentage of average interest earning assets, increased to 3.21 percent for the
year ended December 31, 1993, compared with 3.13 percent during 1992. In 
addition to the interest rate environment described earlier, growth in equity 
provided funds for interest earning assets with no direct cost of funds 
reflected in the net interest margin. The average cost of interest bearing 
liabilities  declined 116 basis points from 1992 to 1993 due to the general 
decline in rates during late 1992 and the first half of 1993, while yields on 
interest earning assets declined only 107 basis points. 

The net interest margin for 1992 improved to 3.13 percent from 2.44 percent for
1991. As in 1993, rates paid on interest bearing liabilities declined faster 
than yields earned on interest earning assets. A primary factor limiting the 
decline in yields earned, compared with 1991, was the reinvestment of the 
proceeds from the repayment of the FSLIC notes and the settlement of the covered
asset assistance agreements received during 1991 in loans and mortgage-backed 
securities with yields higher than those earned on the notes and covered 
assets. 
<PAGE> 22
Table 3: Consolidated Average Balance Sheet and Related Yields and Rates
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>                                              1993                                 1992                                1991
                                                     Yields                               Yields                              Yields
                                                        and                                  and                                 and
(Dollars in thousands)          Balance     Interest  Rates           Balance    Interest  Rates          Balance    Interest  Rates
<S>                                 <C>          <C>    <C>               <C>         <C>    <C>               <C>        <C>    <C>
Assets
Loans                       $ 4,014,215   $  331,921  8.27%       $ 2,801,697  $  268,210  9.57%       $ 2,113,733 $  216,985 10.27%
Mortgage-backed 
securities                    1,837,109      122,649  6.68          1,720,034     137,274  7.98          1,589,460    145,124  9.13
FSLIC notes and 
covered assets                        _            _     _                  _           _     _            365,569     25,910  7.09
Investment securities and other interest 
earning assets                  328,935       18,156  5.52            348,743      19,281  5.53            243,919     19,001  7.79
Total Interest 
Earning  Assets               6,180,259      472,726  7.65          4,870,474     424,765  8.72          4,312,681    407,020  9.44

Cash and due from banks          66,385                                47,876                               39,035
Other assets                    385,118                               339,686                              259,312
Total Assets                 $6,631,762                            $5,258,036                           $4,611,028
Liabilities & 
Shareholders' Equity
Transaction deposits         $  760,940       10,534  1.38%        $  651,398      24,841  3.81%        $  436,124     18,738  4.30%
Passbook deposits               745,805       19,025  2.55            533,682      12,656  2.37            469,697     24,803  5.28
Certificates                  3,782,981      202,260  5.35          2,993,810     196,820  6.57          2,812,917    212,527  7.56
FHLB advances                   614,871       31,522  5.13            485,444      32,528  6.70            477,634     38,078  7.97
Other borrowings                142,076       11,271  7.93            113,467       5,363  4.73             89,070      7,762  8.71
Total Interest 
Bearing Liabilities           6,046,673      274,612  4.54          4,777,801     272,208  5.70          4,285,442    301,908  7.04
Other liabilities               119,587                                83,682                               73,419
Shareholders' equity            465,502                               396,553                              252,167
Total Liabilities & 
Shareholders' Equity         $6,631,762                            $5,258,036                           $4,611,028
Net Interest Income                         $198,114                             $152,557                            $105,112
Gross Interest Margin                                 3.11%                                3.02%                               2.40%
Net Interest Margin                                   3.21%                                3.13%                               2.44%
</TABLE>
[FN]
Delinquent loans on which interest is not being accrued are included in the
average balance of loans.

Asset and Liability Management

The Company is subject to interest rate risk to the extent that its interest
earning assets reprice or mature differently than its interest bearing
liabilities. The Company manages interest rate risk through production of
interest earning assets with repricing or maturity characteristics similar to 
its retail deposit funding source, as well as concentrating on the gathering of
retail deposits which match the repricing and maturity characteristics of the
assets produced. This strategy emphasizes the production of fifteen year fixed
rate, five and seven year balloon and adjustable rate mortgage loans and 
consumer loans. The Company augments its interest rate risk management 
strategy by purchasing assets or borrowing funds with comparable maturity and 
repricing characteristics to its loans or deposits. Finally, when considered 
necessary and cost effective, the Company uses hedging instruments, such as 
interest rate caps and swaps, to reduce its exposure to interest rate risk.
<PAGE> 23
A primary industry gauge of exposure to interest rate risk is the one year
interest rate sensitivity "gap" (the difference between interest earning assets
and interest bearing liabilities maturing or repricing within one year). See
Table 4-Interest Rate Sensitivity Gap. The Company mitigates its exposure to
interest rate risk by striving to maintain a neutral "gap" between the 
maturities of its interest earning assets and interest bearing liabilities. 
This strategy results in a stable net interest margin in periods of either 
rising or falling interest rates.

Table 4: Interest Rate Sensitivity Gap
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>                                                                    Maturing or Repricing in
                                                      1 Year   Over 1 to       Over 3 to       Over 5
At December 31, 1993  (Dollars in thousands)         or Less     3 Years         5 Years        Years       Total
<S>                                                      <C>         <C>             <C>          <C>         <C>
Interest Earning Assets
Mortgage-backed securities                        $1,042,071  $   307,043    $   135,978   $   76,218  $1,561,310
Loans:
Real estate
Fixed rate                                           465,066      571,044        381,818      716,723   2,134,651
Adjustable rate                                    1,027,431      124,832              _            _   1,152,263
Consumer and other                                   569,977      693,491         66,216       72,362   1,402,046
Investment securities and other                      233,057       56,239         39,118        8,845     337,259
                                                   3,337,602    1,752,649        623,130      874,148   6,587,529
Interest Bearing Liabilities
Transaction and passbook deposits                    716,437      187,148        187,524      469,558   1,560,667
Certificates                                       2,295,798    1,077,988        180,701      239,481   3,793,968
Borrowings                                           188,568      329,542        380,000      156,850   1,054,960
                                                   3,200,803    1,594,678        748,225      865,889   6,409,595
Impact of liability hedging                           (2,500)       2,500              _            _           _
                                                   3,198,303    1,597,178        748,225      865,889   6,409,595
Net Gap                                           $  139,299   $  155,471      $(125,095)  $    8,259  $  177,934
Cumulative Gap                                    $  139,299   $  294,770      $ 169,675   $  177,934
Cumulative ratio of interest earning assets
to interest bearing liabilities                       104.36%      106.15%        103.06%      102.78%
Cumulative ratio of gap to total interest
earning assets                                          2.11%        4.47%          2.58%        2.70%
</TABLE>
[FN]
Major balance sheet categories are based on estimated prepayment rates ranging
from 4 percent to 50 percent for mortgage loans and mortgage-backed securities
depending on maturity and yield. Assets available-for-sale are included in the 1
year or less category if there is a firm sale commitment outstanding. Assets
available-for-sale without a firm commitment are based on their contractual
maturity considering amortization and prepayments. Passbook savings and checking
account balances assume a 10 percent annual decay rate and money market demand
accounts are included in the 1 year or less category. Loan balances are shown
gross of the allowance for loan losses and include nonaccrual loans.

Provision for Loan Losses

A total of $7.9 million was charged to the provision for loan losses during 
1993, compared with $8.3 million in 1992 and $8.0 million in 1991. The Company's
exposure to credit risk relates principally to its consumer and residential
mortgage loan portfolios which historically are low risk loans. The adequacy of
the allowance for loan losses is presented in Table 10-Allowance for Loan Loss
Activity, and the related discussion on page 29 provides additional 
information on the adequacy of the allowance for loan losses.

Noninterest Income

Noninterest income is a significant and recurring source of revenue for the 
Company and represents a significant component of the Company's results of 
operations. Edina Realty contributes the largest recurring component of 
noninterest income through realty commissions generated by the sale of 
residential real estate. Other significant recurring components of noninterest 
income include mortgage loan servicing fees, service charges on deposit 
accounts, title closing fees generated by Equity Title, and financial 
services income generated by Metropolitan Financial Services.
<PAGE> 24

Edina Realty's realty commissions totaled $35.4 million in 1993, compared with
$32.1 million in 1992 and $26.2 million in 1991. The 10 percent and 27 percent
increases in realty commissions in 1993 and 1992, respectively, are due to
acquisitions and record single-family real estate sales volume in the Twin 
Cities. Edina Realty is one of the largest residential real estate brokerage 
companies in the Twin Cities, participating in more than 40 percent of all 
residential real estate transactions.

Mortgage loan servicing fee income of $3.8 million in 1993 compares with $5.1
million and $10.7 million in 1992 and 1991, respectively. Mortgage loan 
servicing fee income in 1993 and 1992 reflects accelerated amortization of 
servicing assets resulting from the lower interest rate environment and 
significant mortgage refinance activity throughout 1992 and 1993. Loans 
serviced for others totaled $3.3 billion at December 31, 1993 compared with 
$3.5 billion at December 31, 1992. The Company expects amortization of 
servicing assets to decrease in future years as a result of the significant 
write-downs in servicing assets recorded in 1992 and 1993.

Title closing fees increased to $13.7 million for the year ended December 31,
1993, compared with $11.5 million and $8.0 million in 1992 and 1991, 
respectively. The 1993 increase is due to the strong real estate market and the 
high levels of loan refinancings. Increased mortgage lending activity influenced
by loan refinancing and record real estate sales activity in the Twin Cities 
resulted in the 1992 increase.
 
Historically, the Company has experienced significant gains on the sales of 
assets, primarily mortgage-backed securities and mortgage loans. During 1993,
gains on sales of mortgage-backed securities and mortgage loans totaled $16.3
million. These sales are associated with ongoing mortgage banking activities 
which result in the sale of agency conforming 30-year fixed rate FHA/VA 
mortgage loans as well as FHA adjustable rate mortgages and other long-term 
loan products not meeting management's portfolio requirements with respect to
interest rate risk. Ongoing mortgage banking activities accounted for gains 
on sales of $9.3 million and $225,000 in 1992 and 1991, respectively.

Other gains on sales of mortgage-backed and other securities totaled $44.4 
million and $33.4 million in 1992 and 1991, respectively. These gains in 1992
represent the disposition of $919 million of 30-year fixed rate mortgage-backed
securities in conjunction with the Company's decision to discontinue 
retaining such assets in its portfolio. This decision is discussed in greater 
detail in Investments and Mortgage-backed Securities on page 29. Sales of 
mortgage-backed securities during 1991 were completed as part of management's
strategy to respond to interest rate and prepayment risk resulting from 
declining interest rates, by disposing of higher yield mortgage-backed 
securities.

In conjunction with its mortgage banking activities, the Company generally 
hedges its risk of loss, resulting from increasing interest rates on its 
actual and anticipated production of 30-year fixed agency conforming mortgage 
loans, by entering into forward sales commitments.

Service charges on deposit accounts totaled $11.5 million in 1993, compared with
$6.9 million and $5.4 million in 1992 and 1991, respectively. The increase in 
1993 from 1992 is a result of acquisitions and the strategic evaluation of 
fees and implementation of a new fee structure for deposit accounts. The 
increase in 1992 from 1991 was a result of acquisitions.

Financial services income increased to $4.6 million in 1993, compared with
$852,000 and $67,000 in 1992 and 1991, respectively. Financial services income
represents commissions associated with the sales of fixed and variable 
annuities, mutual funds and other uninsured financial products by 
Metropolitan Financial Services. The significant increase is a result of the 
Company's strategic initiative to deepen relationships customers in order to 
serve a broader range of their financial needs.
<PAGE> 25
Noninterest Expense

Noninterest expense increased to $193.6 million for the year ended December 31,
1993, compared with $148.6 million in 1992 and $124.7 million in 1991. The
increases in noninterest expense resulted mainly from acquisitions. These levels
of noninterest expense reflect efficiency ratios (noninterest expense excluding
goodwill amortization, real estate expense and nonrecurring expense as a percent
of net interest income before the provision for loan losses, plus noninterest
income) for the Company of 62 percent, 63 percent and 70 percent in 1993, 
1992 and 1991, respectively.

Noninterest expense for 1993 includes a $3.5 million charge related to a 
strategic restructuring announced in the first quarter. The strategic 
restructuring included the consolidation or closing of certain retail branch 
offices and other cost control initiatives. Management believes the 
restructuring actions were successful in reducing ongoing compensation, 
occupancy and other general and administrative costs. 

Compensation and related items, the largest component of noninterest expense,
totaled $77.9 million for the year ended December 31, 1993. This compares with 
$60.3 million and $48.0 million for the years ended December 31, 1992 and 1991, 
respectively. The increases in 1993 and 1992 are primarily the result of 
acquisitions which increased the total number of retail branch offices to 196 at
year-end 1993 from 125 at the end of 1991.

Occupancy expense, representing the second largest component of noninterest
expense, totaled $24.5 million for the year ended December 31, 1993,
compared with $16.7 million for 1992 and $15.2 million for 1991. The previously 
noted acquisitions in late 1992 and 1993 added 71 offices to the bank office
network resulting in the current year increase. The increase in 1992 from 1991 
was also due to an increase in bank offices.

Because compensation and related items and occupancy costs represent over 
one-half of the Company's noninterest expense, these areas are the primary focus
of the Company's efforts to improve its efficiency ratio. Improvements in these
areas have occurred as a result of restructuring activities including 
consolidation of the bank office network and centralization of certain
functions, especially in connection with acquisitions. These improvements 
have been reflected in the efficiency ratios of the Bank, which were 55 
percent, 56 percent and 64 percent for 1993, 1992 and 1991, after adjustment 
for nonrecurring gains and charges.

Data processing expense totaled $10.5 million for the year ended December 31,
1993, compared with $7.5 million for 1992 and $6.6 million for 1991. The 
increases in 1993 and 1992 reflect increased costs associated with the 
Company's growth and improvements in technology. Although acquisitions, 
including transition costs, represent the majority of the increases, 1993 costs 
reflect the development of branch performance, product profitability and loan 
collection systems. In addition, new mortgage loan origination and real 
estate title closing systems were introduced in 1992. 

Advertising expense decreased to $11.9 million in 1993, compared with $13.8
million in 1992 and $9.5 million in 1991. Product marketing expenses increased 
in both 1993 and 1992 as a result of acquisitions. However, 1992 expense 
includes additional costs associated with a name awareness campaign for the
Bank and an image and awareness advertising campaign for Edina Realty.

Deposit insurance premiums totaled $11.1 million in 1993, compared with $9.3
million in 1992 and $8.0 million in 1991. The increase is due entirely to
deposit growth associated with acquisitions, as the rate paid for insurance 
premiums has remained constant. As a "well capitalized" institution, as defined 
by the FDIC, the Company does not anticipate deposit insurance premiums to 
increase as a percentage of insured deposits in the foreseeable future.

Real estate owned expense totaled $6.7 million in 1993, compared with $3.9
million in 1992 and $6.7 million in 1991. The increase in 1993 reflects 
additional expense associated with real estate acquired in conjunction with 
acquisitions in late 1992 and throughout 1993. The decrease in 1992 resulted 
primarily from improved results of operations of certain income-producing 
properties, as well as a reduction in charge-offs reflecting overall 
improvement.

The increase in other general and administrative costs from $33.0 million in 
1992 to $47.1 million in 1993 reflects the impact of acquisitions, as well as a 
$3.5 million charge in the first quarter of 1993 related to the restructuring 
discussed earlier.
<PAGE> 26
Income Taxes

The current year provision for federal and state income taxes was $21.3 million
compared with $42.5 million in 1992 and $4.4 million in 1991. The reduction in
federal and state income tax is due to lower taxable income, a $10.9 million
reduction in the valuation allowance and a $1.9 million adjustment to the 
deferred tax asset. The reduction in the valuation allowance resulted from the 
favorable resolution of certain tax issues for which the Company had previously 
provided a valuation allowance. The adjustment to the deferred tax asset 
resulted from an increase in the federal tax rate from 34 percent to 35 percent 
and other adjustments. 

As previously mentioned, during 1992 the Company adopted SFAS No. 109, 
"Accounting for Income Taxes." In accordance with this Statement, the Company 
recognized deferred tax assets reflecting the benefit expected to be realized 
from the utilization of $182.4 million of net operating loss carryforwards 
("NOLs") and $35.8 million of net deductible temporary differences.

The Company had taxable income and pre-tax book income for the periods presented
as follows:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
(In thousands)             1993            1992         1991
<S>                         <C>             <C>          <C>
Taxable income          $68,490        $ 76,543      $15,471
Pre-tax book income      86,459         110,062       61,866
</TABLE>

The primary difference between taxable income and pre-tax book income in 1993 
and 1992 relates to the reversal of net deductible temporary differences. The 
primary difference between taxable income and pre-tax book income in 1991 
relates to the federally assisted acquisitions of seven insolvent thrift 
institutions in 1988 and the related tax exempt assistance received in the form 
of interest on FSLIC notes and covered assets and other assistance payments. 
The tax exempt assistance was also the primary cause of the NOLs. As shown 
above, the Company generated net taxable income in 1993, 1992 and 1991 resulting
in the utilization of NOLs. Except for the effects of the reversal of net 
deductible temporary differences, the Company is not currently aware of any 
factors which would cause any significant differences between taxable  income 
and pre-tax book income in future years. However, there can be no assurances 
that there will be no significant differences in the future between taxable
income and pre-tax book income if circumstances change (such as, for example, 
changes in tax laws or the Company's financial condition or performance).

In order to fully realize the $53.1 million net deferred tax asset at December
31, 1993, the Company will need to generate future taxable income of
approximately $133 million prior to expiration of the NOLs which begin to expire
in 2002. Based on the Company's historical and current pre-tax earnings,
management believes it is more likely than not that the Company will realize the
benefit of the NOLs before they expire. Further, management believes the
existing net deductible temporary differences will reverse during periods in 
which the Company generates net taxable income. There can be no assurance, 
however, that the Company will generate any earnings or any specific level of 
continuing earnings.

Financial Condition

Loan Portfolio

The Company's loan portfolio totaled $4.6 billion at December 31, 1993, an
increase of $1.3 billion from December 31, 1992. The increase is due to new 
production of residential mortgage and consumer loans, as well as the 
addition of loans through  acquisition.

Although consumer loan originations were strong in 1993, origination of first
mortgage loans for the purchase or construction of one to four family
residential property continues to be the main emphasis of the Company. Of the
$2.7 billion of loans originated in 1993, $1.6 billion, or 61 percent, were 
residential real estate mortgage loans, compared with $1.3 billion, or 68 
percent, in 1992. The reduction in mortgage loan origination as a percentage of 
total loan originations results from increased efforts to originate secured 
consumer loans. The increases in mortgage loan originations in 1993 and 1992 
were a result of acquisitions and the low interest rate environment which 
resulted in higher levels of refinancings. While the level of refinancings
may subside, the Company believes that acquisitions and the introduction of
new mortgage loan products will provide future  increases in mortgage loan 
originations.

The Company's current policy is to sell agency conforming FHA/VA 30-year fixed
rate and adjustable rate mortgage loans, thus significantly reducing interest 
rate risk. Approximately 36 percent of the single family loan production meets
the Company's criteria to be classified as held-for-sale. The Company generally
maintains the servicing rights on mortgage loans sold to preserve the customer
relationship, create opportunities to cross sell other banking services and
generate fee income.
<PAGE> 27

The Company continues to promote the origination of secured consumer loans,
including personal property, savings account, property improvement, home equity
and education loans. Originations in 1993 totaled $1.0 billion, compared with
$608 million in 1992 and $312 million in 1991. The increase in consumer loan
originations is due primarily to the Company's expansion of indirect consumer
lending activities and lower interest rates. Indirect consumer loans originated
through selected automobile dealers located within the Bank's current and
immediately adjacent market area represent 76 percent of total consumer loan
originations. Remaining originations are generated through the Bank's branch
office network. Home equity loans and loans made pursuant to lines of credit are
usually secured by a second mortgage on the borrower's principal residence. 
Other consumer loans are generally secured by personal property, such as
automobiles. During 1993, the Company's commercial real estate portfolio 
increased $195 million; this increase as well as the increase from 1991 to 1992 
resulted from acquisitions. 

Table 5: Loan Portfolio
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>                                                                                           December 31
(In thousands)                                    1993          1992          1991          1990           1989
<S>                                                <C>           <C>           <C>           <C>            <C>
Real Estate:
Residential (One to four family)           $ 2,700,214   $ 2,068,300   $ 1,577,435   $ 1,178,365   $    859,965
Commercial                                     513,870       318,814       252,514       276,289        301,092
Construction                                    12,185         9,623        17,006        16,641         41,061
Commercial                                       6,402         9,457        10,385        14,422         19,421
Manufactured home                               41,797        53,164        49,272        54,758         59,551
Consumer and other                           1,353,847       843,605       455,653       353,094        246,441
                                             4,628,315     3,302,963     2,362,265     1,893,569      1,527,531
Less:
Allowance for losses                            42,905        35,832        26,272        30,386         27,176
                                           $ 4,585,410   $ 3,267,131   $ 2,335,993   $ 1,863,183    $ 1,500,355
</TABLE>
Table 6: Loan Originations
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>                                                                                               December 31
(In thousands)                                         1993          1992          1991          1990          1989
<S>                                                     <C>           <C>           <C>           <C>           <C>
Real Estate Loans:
Construction                                    $     9,712   $     2,050   $     3,962   $    11,518   $     26,682
Loans on existing property                        1,628,570     1,309,258       970,047       994,790        789,033
                                                  1,638,282     1,311,308       974,009     1,006,308        815,715
Commercial loans                                         96         1,342         2,045         8,196         16,404
Consumer and other loans:
Direct                                              216,708       160,383        91,344        77,808         66,767
Indirect                                            832,464       448,012       220,553       165,530        127,924
Total Loans Originated                          $ 2,687,550   $ 1,921,045   $ 1,287,951   $ 1,257,842   $  1,026,810
Real Estate Loans Purchased                     $   172,494   $   121,497   $   155,482   $    36,630   $          _
Real Estate Loans Sold (including securitized)  $   743,797   $ 1,189,807   $   464,673   $   635,896   $    673,175
</TABLE>
<PAGE> 28

Nonperforming Assets and Allowance for Loan Losses

Nonperforming assets are nonaccruing loans and real estate owned. Real estate
owned consists of real estate acquired through foreclosure (foreclosed real
estate for which a redemption period still remains) and in-substance 
foreclosures (real estate loans in which the borrower has little or no equity, 
repayment can be expected to come only from sale or operation of the real estate
and the borrower has formally or effectively abandoned control). The Company 
places loans on a nonaccrual status when the loans are contractually delinquent 
more than 90 days or when the facts and circumstances, regardless of the 
delinquency status, support the likelihood that interest accrued may not be 
recovered (e.g., bankruptcy).

Table 7: Nonperforming Assets
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>                                                                                             December 31
(Dollars in thousands)                               1993          1992          1991          1990          1989
<S>                                                   <C>           <C>           <C>           <C>           <C>
Nonperforming:
Loans                                          $   61,290    $   46,503    $   44,684    $   30,903    $   10,962
Real estate                                        54,134        51,916        63,399        41,074        23,878
Nonperforming Assets                           $  115,424    $   98,419    $  108,083    $   71,977    $   34,840
Nonperforming loans to total loans                   1.34%         1.42%         1.91%         1.60%         0.66%
Nonperforming assets to total assets                 1.65          1.60          2.32          1.58          0.91
Net Interest Lost on Nonperforming Loans       $    5,713    $    4,480    $    4,006    $    1,907    $    1,694
</TABLE>
Table 8: Composition of Nonperforming Assets
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                         December 31
(In thousands)                                      1993          1992          1991
<S>                                                  <C>           <C>           <C>
Nonperforming Loans:
Single family                                  $  15,150     $  16,326     $  12,507
Commercial real estate                            42,330        26,556        29,179
Non real estate                                    3,810         3,621         2,998
                                                  61,290        46,503        44,684
Real Estate Owned:
Single family                                      6,857         7,779        12,875
Commercial real estate                            47,277        44,137        50,524
                                                  54,134        51,916        63,399

                                               $ 115,424     $  98,419     $ 108,083
</TABLE>

Nonperforming assets totaled $115.4 million at December 31, 1993, compared with
$98.4 million at December 31, 1992. The increase is due entirely to the impact 
of acquisitions during 1993 which added $47.6 million of nonperforming assets.
Excluding nonperforming assets added through 1993 acquisitions, the 
nonperforming asset total at December 31, 1993 would have been $73.9 million, a 
decrease of 25 percent for the year. Based on the Company's successful history
in resolving nonperforming assets, management is condent acquired nonperforming 
assets can be resolved in an efficient manner without significant loss to the 
Company. During the last three years, the Company aggressively challenged the 
ultimate collectability of its remaining nonperforming commercial real estate 
and commercial business loans. Accordingly, the Company recorded charge-offs of 
such assets of $2.7 million, $4.4 million and $3.6 million in 1993, 1992 and 
1991, respectively. 

The Company periodically prepares estimates of fair value and, where 
appropriate, obtains independent appraisals of all real estate owned. Provisions
for loss are recorded where the estimated fair value is less than the net book 
value. As shown in Table 9 below, 90-day delinquent loans have decreased as a 
percentage of total loans each of the last two years. Delinquent loans as a 
percent of total loans were 1.27 percent and 0.25 percent of mortgage and other 
loans at December 31, 1993, respectively.

Table 9: Delinquent Loans
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>                                Mortgage Loans         Other Loans
(Dollars in thousands)                   Amount Percent     Amount  Percent
<S>                                         <C>     <C>        <C>      <C> 
As of December 31:
1993                                    $40,950  1.27%      $3,485   0.25%
1992                                     34,456  1.44        3,570   0.39
1991                                     39,714  2.15        3,157   0.61
</TABLE>

The Company maintains a policy of managing asset quality and controlling credit
risk through systematic review and classification of assets and prompt follow-up
on problem loans and real estate. Allowances are established for losses inherent
in the loan portfolio. Charge-offs are recorded when amounts are deemed
uncollectible. As disclosed in Note G to the consolidated financial statements,
net charge-offs of loans were $12.3 million in 1993 compared with $10.6 million
in 1992.
<PAGE> 29

Although charge-offs related to commercial real estate and business loans
decreased 39 percent to $2.7 million in 1993, charge-offs associated with
consumer loans increased 33 percent to $8.5 million for 1993. 
This coincides with a 76 percent increase in the average consumer loan portfolio
from 1992 to 1993. 

The allowance for loan losses increased $7.1 million or 20 percent during 1993
to $42.9 million at year end. Allowances of approximately $11.5 million were 
added through 1993 acquisitions. The provision for loan losses was $7.9 
million during the year. Before acquisitions,  nonperforming loans decreased
$9.0 million or 19 percent, because of improving credit quality in the 
non-acquired loan portfolio. The reduction in charge-offs associated with 
commercial real estate and business loans reflects the Company's emphasis of 
single-family mortgage and secured consumer loans since 1989. The increase in 
consumer loan charge-offs is a result of increases in the consumer loan 
portfolio. The year-end allowance for loan losses as a percentage of 
nonperforming assets of 37 percent compares favorably to the same ratio one
year ago. Management believes the allowance for loan losses is adequate to 
provide for the credit risk in the loan portfolio at December 31, 1993.

Table 10: Allowance for Loan Loss Activity
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>                                                                                      Year Ended December 31
(Dollars in thousands)                                  1993           1992          1991          1990          1989
<S>                                                      <C>            <C>           <C>           <C>           <C>
Balance at Beginning of Year:                        $35,832       $ 26,272      $ 30,386      $ 27,176      $ 34,712
Acquisitions                                          11,508         11,845            93           144             _
Provision for loan losses                              7,859          8,316         8,000         4,316         3,438
Transfer of allowance (to) from real estate 
and other assets                                           _              _        (4,543)        1,539        (7,151)
Charge-offs (net of recoveries):
Mortgage loans                                        (3,715)        (4,198)       (3,922)         (568)       (2,996)
Other loans                                           (8,579)        (6,403)       (3,742)       (2,221)         (827)
Net Charge-offs                                      (12,294)       (10,601)       (7,664)       (2,789)       (3,823)
Balance at End of Year:
Mortgage loans                                        30,810         29,085        21,591        25,309        22,809
Other loans                                           12,095          6,747         4,681         5,077         4,367
Total Allowance                                      $42,905       $ 35,832      $ 26,272      $ 30,386      $ 27,176
Allowance as a Percentage of:
Mortgage loans                                          0.95%          1.21%         1.17%         1.72%         1.90%
Other loans                                             0.86           0.75          0.91          1.20          1.34
Nonperforming loans                                    70.00          77.05         58.80         98.33        247.91
Nonperforming assets                                   37.17          36.41         24.31         42.22         78.00
Ratio of Net Charge-offs During the Period 
to Average Loans Outstanding                            0.31%          0.38%         0.36%         0.16%         0.22%
</TABLE>

Investments and Mortgage-backed Securities

Federal thrift institutions have authority to invest in various types of liquid
assets, including short term U.S. Treasury obligations and securities of various
federal agencies, certificates of deposit of insured institutions, bankers'
acceptances and federal funds. Federal thrift institutions may also invest a
portion of their assets in other specified investments, which are subject to
regulatory limitations with respect to rating, marketability and average
portfolio maturity. These include commercial paper and corporate debt
securities. The Company's current portfolio has no investments rated lower than
AA. The Company's policy allows the purchase of investment grade, BBB rated or
 higher, debt securities.
<PAGE> 30

Table 11: Investment Portfolio
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>                                             Over 1 Year             Over 5 Years
                              1 Year or Less      Through 5 Years         Through 10 Years      Over 10 Years                Total
                           Market   Weighted     Market  Weighted         Market  Weighted   Market  Weighted    Market   Weighted
(Dollars in thousands)      Value      Yield      Value     Yield          Value     Yield    Value     Yield     Value      Yield
<S>                           <C>        <C>        <C>       <C>            <C>       <C>      <C>       <C>       <C>        <C>
U.S. Treasury                    _         _    $13,012      4.82%             _         _        _         _ $  13,012       4.82%
U.S. government agencies   $39,448      4.53%    81,833      6.97              _         _        _         _   121,281       6.18
Commercial paper            39,793      3.27          _         _              _         _        _         _    39,793       3.27
Corporate debt securities   10,044      8.95          _         -              _         _        _         _    10,044       8.95
Other                        1,689      3.17        512      7.04          $ 153      4.80%  $8,692      4.75%   11,046       4.62
                           $90,974      4.44%   $95,357      6.68%         $ 153      4.80%  $8,692      4.75%$ 195,176       5.54%
</TABLE>
[FN]
Amounts are stated at market value and do not include accrued interest.

Table 12: Book Value of Investments
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>                                        December 31
(In thousands)                              1992        1991
<S>                                          <C>         <C>
U.S. Treasury                          $  10,654   $  18,989
U.S. government agencies                 236,392      60,609
Commercial paper                         146,745           _
Corporate debt securities                 10,000      16,000
Other                                     15,338       5,095             
                                       $ 419,129   $ 100,693
</TABLE>
The Company adopted SFAS No. 115, "Accounting for Certain Investments in Debt 
and Equity Securities" as of December 31, 1993. The Statement requires that 
debt and equity securities be classified as trading, available-for-sale or 
held-to-maturity. The only securities the Company classifies as trading are 
securities formed as a part of mortgage banking activities of the Company. 
There were no such mortgage-backed securities in the Company's portfolio at 
December 31, 1993. Currently, the Company securitizes its 30 year fixed-rate 
and adjustable-rate mortgage loans originated under the Federal Housing 
Administration (FHA) and Veterans Administration (VA) programs. Securities 
classified as available-for-sale include all securities which qualify for 
regulatory liquidity as well as fixed-rate collateralized mortgage 
obligations, mortgage derivative products and other mortgage-back
securities for which sales might be considered in response to changes in 
interest rates, prepayment expectations, the need to improve capital ratios, 
and similar factors. The Company considers all of the investment portfolio 
and a portion of the mortgage-backed security portfolio available-for-sale. 
Assets available-for-sale at December 31, 1993 total $874 million, which 
reflects market value. The ending balance of shareholders' equity was 
increased by $4.2 million to reflect the net unrealized gain on securities 
classified as available-for-sale which are carried at market value. The 
balance of the securities portfolio for which the Company has the positive 
intent and ability to hold to maturity are classified as such.

Investment securities decreased to $195 million at December 31, 1993, compared
with $419 million at December 31, 1992. All investment securities qualify for
regulatory liquidity and are therefore considered "available-for-sale" as of 
year end. The Company is required to maintain a minimum liquidity ratio 
(liquid assets as a percentage of net withdrawable accounts and short-term 
borrowings) of 5 percent. Cash as well as certain shorter duration 
mortgage-backed securities also qualify for regulatory liquidity. See 
Liquidity discussion on page 31. Mortgage-backed securities, including 
those available-for-sale, remained unchanged at $1.6 billion at year end 
1993. Approximately $618 million of this total are considered available-
for-sale and are carried at market value. At December 31, 1993 market value 
of the Company's mortgage-backed securities portfolio held-to-maturity
exceeded the book value by $12 million. Mortgage-backed securities
classified as held-to-maturity total $943 million at December 31, 1993.

Sales of investments and mortgage-backed securities totaled approximately 
$919 million in 1992, and accounted for gains of approximately $44.4 million.
Sales in 1991, representing a repositioning of the investment and 
mortgage-backed securities portfolio, totaled approximately $800 million 
and accounted for net gains of $33.6 million.

In 1991 and prior years the Company periodically sold mortgage-backed and other
securities as a means of reducing loan prepayment risk in a falling interest 
rate environment and responding to increases in regulatory capital requirements.
<PAGE> 31

Sources of Funds

Deposits remain the Company's primary source of funds to support lending and
other general business purposes. The Company also derives funds from repayments
of loans and mortgage-backed securities, advances from the Federal Home Loan 
Bank ("FHLB") of Des Moines and other borrowings. The FHLB of Des Moines 
functions as a central reserve bank providing credit for member institutions. 
The Company is required to own capital stock in the FHLB of Des Moines and is 
authorized to apply for advances on the security of such stock and certain of
its home mortgage and other assets. Other available sources of funds to the 
Company include reverse repurchase agreements with primary security dealers 
and other outside borrowings.

Deposits

Deposits totaled $5.4 billion at December 31, 1993, compared with $5.2 
billion at December 31, 1992. The increase of $150 million, or 3 percent, 
relates primarily to acquisitions during 1993 offset by general deposit 
outflow as a result of depositors reinvesting their funds in mutual funds 
and other non FDIC-insured instruments. The Company expects some deposit 
outflow to continue in the future as a result of disintermediation. 

Borrowings

FHLB advances increased to $921.8 million at December 31, 1993 from $252.6
million at the end of 1992. The Company utilized FHLB advances to fund current
loan production and offset general deposit outflow. The FHLB advances have terms
which extend to 2000 and as such will provide low cost funds for years to 
come. A portion of the proceeds from the sale of $919 million of mortgage-backed
securities in 1992 were used to repay approximately $525 million of FHLB 
advances and a related prepayment penalty of $10.4 million.  The Company 
issued $86.3 million in subordinated debt securities with a 8.25 percent 
during 1992. The proceeds of the borrowings were used to strengthen the
capital position of the Bank and position it for further acquisition
opportunities. 

Liquidity

In addition to maintaining compliance with liquidity levels mandated by the
Office of Thrift Supervision ("OTS"), the Company manages its liquidity to 
maximize net interest margin and provide readily available funds to support its 
lending activities. Net interest income and loan sales and repayments are the
primary source of funds from operating activities. The Company regularly invests
available funds in loans and mortgage-backed and other securities. Because of 
the relatively stable nature of the Company's deposit base and its use of 
shorter term borrowings, financing activities provide a consistent source of 
funds.

The Company's primary need for available funds in future periods, other than
continuation of its lending activities, will be determined by the size and 
nature of its acquisition activities. While the Company frequently uses its 
common shares to complete acquisitions, it may use cash to supplement the 
exchange of equity or to complete certain transactions. The Company does not 
expect its acquisition strategies to have a significant effect on its liquidity 
levels. The Company's regulatory liquidity ratio was 6.68 percent as of 
December 31, 1993.

Table 13: Borrowings and Rates
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>                                  December 31, 1993              December 31, 1992            December 31, 1991
(Dollars in thousands)                       Balance    Rate             Balance       Rate           Balance       Rate
<S>                                             <C>      <C>                 <C>        <C>               <C>        <C>
Federal Home Loan Bank advances          $   921,801   5.15%            $252,643      5.22%          $462,323      7.47%
Medium term notes                                  _      _               18,998      8.70             48,966      9.06
Collateralized mortgage obligations           39,931   7.37               54,909      8.98                  _         _
Subordinated debt                             86,250   8.25               86,250      8.25                  _         _
Notes payable to banks and others              6,978   4.46                6,186      4.79              6,285      5.06
                                          $1,054,960   5.48%            $418,986      6.49%          $517,574      7.59%
</TABLE>
<PAGE> 32
Capital Adequacy

Shareholders' equity totaled $504.4 million at December 31, 1993, representing
7.2 percent of total assets, compared to $426.6 million at December 31, 1992, or
6.9 percent of total assets.  The increase is due principally to current year
income. Common shareholders' equity totaled $492.2 million at December 31, 
1993 or $15.79 per share compared with $414.4 million or $14.15 per share at 
December 31, 1992. 

The following are the three regulatory capital requirements for thrift
institutions.

Tangible Capital Requirement. Generally this requirement measures capital
adequacy after consideration of the effect of intangibles, purchased servicing
assets and other factors on the financial statements. Tangible capital must meet
or exceed 1.50 percent of tangible assets, as defined in the regulations.

Core Capital Requirement. This measure permits thrifts to include in tangible
capital supervisory goodwill (goodwill related to certain acquisitions prior to
1989) on a declining basis through 1994 and core deposit intangibles. The core
capital of a thrift must meet or exceed 3 percent of assets.

Risk-based Capital Requirement. The risk-based capital ratio measures capital
adequacy taking into account the level of risk of an institution's assets. The
OTS has also issued a rule which would add, under certain circumstances, an
interest rate risk component which increases the risk-based capital requirement.
The Bank is currently not subject to any additional risk-based capital
requirements related to interest rate risk. As of December 31, 1993, a thrift's
risk-based capital must meet or exceed 8 percent of risk adjusted assets.

Table 14: Capital Ratios
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>                    Metropolitan
                        Federal Bank, fsb
                         and Subsidiaries           
                          Capital Measure    
                             Consolidated            Requirement
<S>                                   <C>                    <C>
Tangible capital                    7.00%                  1.50%
Core capital                        7.44%                  3.00%
Risk-based capital                 13.52%                  8.00%
</TABLE>

In September 1992, The Federal Deposit Insurance Company ("FDIC") issued
standards by which thrifts are rated in determining their deposit insurance
assessments. The Company qualifies as a "well capitalized" institution as 
defined by the FDIC, which places it in the lowest premium range established by 
the FDIC.

The OTS has issued a proposed rule establishing a minimum core capital ratio 
of 3 percent for savings associations rated composite 1 under the OTS MACRO 
rating system. For all other savings associations, the minimum core capital 
ratio will be 3 percent plus an additional 100 to 200 basis points. In 
determining the amount of additional core capital, the OTS will assess both 
the quality of risk management systems and the level of overall risk in each 
individual savings association through supervisory process on a case-by-case 
basis.

The OTS amendment to risk-based capital requirements is fully effective July 1,
1994, and will require savings institutions with more than a "normal" level of
interest rate risk to maintain additional total capital. A savings institution's
interest rate risk will be measured in terms of the sensitivity of its "net
portfolio value" to changes in interest rates. Net portfolio is defined,
generally, as the present value of expected cash inflows from existing assets 
and off-balance sheet contracts less the present value of expected cash outflows
from existing liabilities. A savings institution will be considered to have a 
"normal" level of interest rate risk exposure if the decline in its net 
portfolio value after an immediate 200 basis points increase or decrease in 
market interest rates (whichever results in the greater decline) is less than
2 percent of the current estimated economic value of its assets. A savings 
institution with a greater than normal interest rate risk will be required to
deduct from total capital, for purposes of calculating its risk-based capital
requirement, an amount (the "interest rate risk component") equal to one-half
the difference between the institution's measured interest rate risk and the 
normal level of interest rate risk, multiplied by the economic value of its 
total assets. The Bank does not expect the amended requirements, when 
adopted, to have a material impact on its regulatory capital ratios.

<PAGE> 33
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CONDITION
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>                                                                                                  
                                                                                                  December 31
(Dollars in thousands, except share and per share data)                                   1993           1992
<S>                                                                                        <C>            <C>
Assets
Cash and due from banks                                                            $    85,084    $    95,370
Short term interest bearing deposits                                                    82,364        157,489
Assets available-for-sale, at market                                                   873,938        162,304
Investment securities (market: $423,774)                                                     _        419,129
Mortgage-backed securities (market: 1993 - $954,908; 1992 - $1,632,794)                943,193      1,612,801
Loans (net of allowance: 1993 - $42,905; 1992 - $35,832)                             4,585,410      3,267,131
Federal Home Loan Bank stock, at cost                                                   59,719         64,096
Accrued interest                                                                        36,817         36,393
Real estate (net of allowance: 1993 - $9,533; 1992 - $9,874)                            56,110         51,915
Office properties and equipment                                                         91,632         71,955
Goodwill                                                                                61,517         62,715
Deferred taxes                                                                          53,089         51,300
Other assets                                                                            77,912         93,913
Total Assets                                                                       $ 7,006,785    $ 6,146,511
LIABILITIES
Transaction and passbook deposits                                                  $ 1,560,667    $ 1,498,578
Certificates                                                                         3,793,968      3,708,447
Total deposits                                                                       5,354,635      5,207,025
Federal Home Loan Bank advances                                                        921,801        252,643
Other borrowings                                                                       133,159        166,343
Accrued interest                                                                        42,485         41,262
Other liabilities                                                                       50,322         52,594
Total Liabilities                                                                    6,502,402      5,719,867
SHAREHOLDERS' EQUITY
Preferred stock, par value $.01 per share; authorized 10,000,000 shares;
issued 1993 and 1992 - 488,750 shares                                                        5              5
Common stock, par value $.01 per share; authorized 60,000,000 shares; 
issued  1993 - 31,992,275 shares, 1992 - 26,718,855 shares                                 320            267
Additional paid-in capital                                                             231,881        148,890
Retained earnings                                                                      280,813        278,424
Net unrealized gains on securities available-for-sale (net of tax)                       4,209              _
Less cost of common stock in treasury: 1993 - 813,522 shares; 
 1992 - 85,789 shares                                                                  (12,845)          (942)
Total Shareholders' Equity                                                             504,383        426,644
Total Liabilities and Shareholders' Equity                                          $7,006,785     $6,146,511
</TABLE>
[FN]
See notes to consolidated financial statements.

<PAGE> 34
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF INCOME
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                              Year Ended December 31
(Dollars in thousands, except per share data)                                1993                1992           1991
<S>                                                                           <C>                 <C>            <C>
INTEREST INCOME
Loans                                                                    $331,921          $  268,210     $  216,985
Mortgage-backed securities                                                122,649             137,274        145,124
Investments                                                                18,156              19,281         19,001
FSLIC notes and covered assets                                                  _                   _         25,910
                                                                          472,726             424,765        407,020
INTEREST EXPENSE
Transaction and passbook deposits                                          29,559              37,497         43,541
Certificates                                                              202,260             196,820        212,527
FHLB advances                                                              31,522              32,528         38,078
Other borrowings                                                           11,271               5,363          7,762
                                                                          274,612             272,208        301,908
Net interest income                                                       198,114             152,557        105,112
Provision for loan losses                                                   7,859               8,316          8,000
Net interest income after provision for loan losses                       190,255             144,241         97,112
NONINTEREST INCOME
Gains related to mortgage banking activities                               16,271               9,264            225
Other gains on sale of mortgage-backed and other securities                     _              44,377         33,366
Mortgage loan servicing fees                                                3,826               5,107         10,705
Realty commission income                                                   35,350              32,113         26,172
Title closing fees                                                         13,706              11,494          8,001
Service charges on deposit accounts                                        11,450               6,870          5,414
Financial services income                                                   4,587                 852             67
Other income                                                                4,647               4,325          5,491
                                                                           89,837             114,402         89,441
NONINTEREST EXPENSE
Compensation and related items                                             77,871              60,250         47,963
Occupancy                                                                  24,459              16,729         15,201
Data processing                                                            10,476               7,542          6,585
Advertising                                                                11,856              13,816          9,491
Deposit insurance premium                                                  11,099               9,305          8,012
Amortization of goodwill                                                    4,083               4,000          5,352        
Real estate owned                                                           6,684               3,917          6,673
Other general and administrative                                           47,105              33,022         25,410
                                                                          193,633             148,581        124,687
Income before income taxes, extraordinary item
and cumulative effect of accounting change                                 86,459             110,062         61,866
Income tax expense                                                         21,285              42,543          4,427
Income before extraordinary item and cumulative
effect of accounting change                                                65,174              67,519         57,439
Extraordinary item: Penalty for prepayment of FHLB 
advances (net of tax benefit of $4,064)                                         _              (6,329)             _
Cumulative effect of accounting change                                          _              75,941              _
Net Income                                                               $ 65,174           $ 137,131      $  57,439
EARNINGS PER SHARE
Primary: 
Income per share before extraordinary item and
cumulative effect of accounting change                                   $    2.01        $      2.34    $      2.42
Extraordinary item                                                               _              (0.22)             _
Cumulative effect of accounting change                                           _               2.66              _
Net Primary                                                              $    2.01        $      4.78    $      2.42
Fully Diluted:
Income per share before extraordinary item and 
cumulative effect of accounting change                                   $    2.01        $      2.17    $      1.96
Extraordinary item                                                               _              (0.21)             _
Cumulative effect of accounting change                                           _               2.47              _
Net Fully Diluted                                                        $    2.01        $      4.43    $      1.96
</TABLE>
[FN]
See notes to consolidated financial statements.

<PAGE> 35
Consolidated Statements of Changes in Shareholders' Equity

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                                  Net
                                                                                           Unrealized
        	                                                                                    Gains on
                                                                Additional                 Securities                         Total
Dollars in thousands,    Preferred  Stock        Common   Stock    Paid-In      Retained   Available-   Treasury Stock Shareholders'
                            Shares Amount        Shares  Amount    Capital      Earnings     for-sale     Shares  Amount     Equity
<S>                            <C>    <C>           <C>     <C>        <C>           <C>        <C>         <C>     <C>        <C> 
Balance, 
December 31, 1990        2,328,750   $23     18,127,453  $  181   $133,432      $ 95,025   $     _    (286,302)$ (2,915)   $225,746
Stock options 
exercised                                     1,208,454      12      4,143                                                    4,155
Warrants exercised                                2,500      13                                                                  13
Net treasury stock sold                                     342                                         36,315      386         728
Common stock 
cancelled                                       (17,540)
Dividends declared:
Preferred                                                                         (5,085)                                    (5,085)
Common _ 
$.19 per share                                                                    (4,233)                                    (4,233)
Net income                                                                        57,439                                     57,439
Balance, 
December 31, 1991        2,328,750    23     19,320,867     193    137,930       143,146         _    (249,987)  (2,529)    278,763
Issuance of 
common stock                                  1,013,367      10      6,732         7,240                                     13,982
Stock options 
exercised                                       599,895       6      3,494                                                    3,500
Warrants exercised                               31,560                164                                                      164 
Net treasury stock sold                                              1,430                             164,198    1,587       3,017
Redemption/Conversion  
of series "A" preferred (1,840,000)  (18)     5,753,166      58       (860)                                                    (820)
Dividends declared:
Preferred                                                                         (1,405)                                    (1,405)
Common _ 
$.27 per share                                                                    (7,688)                                    (7,688)
Net income                                                                       137,131                                    137,131
Balance, 
December 31, 1992          488,750     5     26,718,855     267    148,890       278,424         _     (85,789)    (942)    426,644
Issuance of 
common stock:
Western Financial
Corporation 
acquisition                                     935,772       9     16,991                                                   17,000
Other                                           619,406       7      8,759                                                    8,766
Stock options 
exercised                                       700,314       7      7,046                                                    7,053
Warrants exercised                              194,628       2        921                                                      923
Stock dividends, 10%                          2,823,300      28     49,274       (49,302)                                         _
Net treasury 
stock acquired                                                                                        (727,733)  (11,903)   (11,903)
Net unrealized gain                                                                          4,209                            4,209
Dividends declared:
Preferred                                                                         (1,405)                                    (1,405)
Common _ 
$.39 per share                                                                   (12,078)                                   (12,078)
Net income                                                                        65,174                                     65,174
December 31, 1993          488,750  $  5     31,992,275    $320   $231,881      $280,813    $4,209    (813,522) $(12,845)  $504,383
</TABLE>
[FN]
See notes to consolidated financial statements.

<PAGE> 36
Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>                                                                               Year Ended December 31
(In thousands)                                                                1993             1992       1991
<S>                                                                            <C>              <C>        <C>
Net income                                                                $ 65,174       $  137,131   $ 57,439
Reconciliation to cash provided by operating activities:
Extraordinary item (net of tax)                                                  -            6,329          -
Cumulative effect of accounting change                                           _          (75,941)         _
Net amortization of loan fees, discounts and premiums                       32,751           14,606      7,639
Provision for loan losses                                                    7,859            8,316      8,000
Decrease in deferred tax asset                                              11,610           24,641          _
Depreciation and amortization                                                9,291            6,654      4,244
Amortization of goodwill                                                     4,083            4,000      5,352
Decrease in accrued interest receivable                                      4,405            6,111     11,011
(Decrease) increase in accrued interest payable                             (3,864)           6,480      2,734
Net Cash Provided by Operating Activities                                  131,309          138,327     96,419
Acquisitions of subsidiaries, net of cash received                          (6,719)         321,507          _
Increase in loans                                                       (1,475,603)      (1,106,401)  (733,150)
Purchase of:
Loans                                                                     (172,494)        (104,942)  (144,453)
Investment securities held-to-maturity                                     (39,793)        (565,148)  (112,468)
Mortgage-backed securities available-for-sale                              (86,236)         (29,183)   (75,612)
Mortgage-backed securities held-to-maturity                               (319,604)        (460,398)  (580,444)
Proceeds from the sale and maturity of:
Investment securities held-to-maturity                                     284,416          285,924    217,864
Proceeds from the sale of:
Mortgage-backed securities available-for-sale                              713,303        1,274,920    702,701
Loans held-for-sale                                                        169,271          108,734     56,655
Covered assets                                                                   _                _     19,403
Real estate                                                                 35,294           41,433     24,710
Principal repayments of mortgage-backed securities:
Available-for-sale                                                          48,741           69,379     29,915
Held-to-maturity                                                           617,612          222,523     30,197
Settlement of FSLIC assistance agreement                                         _                _     47,933
Other investing activities                                                  27,184          (31,971)   (30,471)
Net Cash (Used) Provided by Investing Activities                          (204,628)          26,377   (547,220)
Net increase (decrease) in:
Short term borrowings                                                            _           (2,394)  (224,144)
Deposits                                                                  (530,503)         (19,210)   175,666
Purchase of deposits                                                             _          231,535    254,228
Proceeds from:
Settlement of FSLIC notes receivable                                             _                _    365,778
FHLB advances                                                              770,000        1,933,000    310,700
Issuance of subordinated notes                                                   _           86,250          _
Issuance of common stock                                                     5,478              716          _
Exercise of common stock options and warrants                                7,976            3,664      4,168
Net sale (purchase) of stock                                               (11,903)           3,017        728
Repayment of:
FHLB advances                                                             (186,108)      (2,197,297)  (422,625)
Other borrowings                                                           (35,656)         (30,823)   (19,161)
Redemption of preferred stock                                                    _             (820)         _
Cash dividends                                                             (13,483)          (9,093)    (9,318)
Other financing activities                                                 (17,893)          (4,112)   (10,989)
Net Cash (Used) Provided by Financing Activities                           (12,092)          (5,567)   425,031
Net (Decrease) Increase in Cash and Cash Equivalents                       (85,411)         159,137    (25,770)
Cash and cash equivalents at beginning of year                             252,859           93,722    119,492
Ending Cash and Cash Equivalents                                        $  167,448       $  252,859  $  93,722
</TABLE>
[FN]

See notes to consolidated financial statements.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
<PAGE> 37

Note A

Summary of Significant Accounting Policies

Principles of Consolidation

The consolidated financial statements include the accounts and results of
operations of Metropolitan Financial Corporation (the "Company") and its wholly
owned subsidiaries. Significant intercompany accounts and transactions have been
eliminated in consolidation. Certain reclassifications have been made to prior 
years' financial statements to conform to the current year presentation.

Trading Account Assets

Trading account assets are mortgage-backed securities held for sale in
conjunction with mortgage banking activities. These mortgage-backed securities
are collateralized by 30-year fixed-rate and adjustable-rate mortgage loans and
are stated at fair value. Gains and losses, both realized and unrealized, are
included in net gains related to mortgage banking activities. The Company 
carried no trading account assets at December 31, 1993.

Securities Held-To-Maturity and Available-For-Sale

Management determines the appropriate classification of debt securities at the
time of purchase and reevaluates such designation as of each balance sheet date.
Debt securities are classified as held-to-maturity when the Company has the
positive intent and ability to hold the securities to maturity. Held-to-maturity
securities are stated at amortized cost. 

Debt securities not classified as held-to-maturity or trading are classified as
available-for-sale. Available-for-sale securities are stated at fair value, with
the unrealized gains and losses, net of tax, reported as a separate component of
shareholders' equity.

The amortized cost of debt securities classified as held-to-maturity or 
available-for-sale is adjusted for amortization of premiums and accretion of 
discounts to maturity, or in the case of mortgage-backed securities, over the 
estimated life of the security. Such amortization is included in interest 
income with interest and dividends. Realized gains and losses, and declines in 
value judged to be other-than-temporary are included in net securities gains 
(losses). The cost of securities sold is based on the specific identification 
method.

Loans Held-For-Sale

Loans held for sale are valued at the lower of cost or market. Market value is
calculated on the aggregate basis, based on commitments outstanding from
investors and current quoted market prices. Net unrealized losses due to 
declines in the market value are included in the determination of net income.

Loan Fees and Discounts

Loan origination fees and certain direct costs are deferred and amortized using
the interest method over the contractual lives of the related loans, adjusted 
for prepayments, as a yield adjustment. Discounts and premiums on loans 
purchased, net of deferred fees, which are considered yield adjustments, are 
amortized using methods which approximate a level yield over the estimated 
remaining lives.

Allowance for Loan Losses

Provisions for possible losses on mortgage and other loans are charged to
operations based upon management's review of the loan portfolio. The allowance
is based upon an assessment of the net realizable value of collateral 
securing loans, loss experience and management's judgment as the risk 
inherent in the loan portfolio.

Loans

Loans are carried at amortized cost, net of allowance for loan losses. Interest
on loans is recorded as it is earned. Allowances are established for uncollected
interest on loans for which payments are more than 90 days past due.

Real Estate

Real estate represents properties acquired through foreclosure, in judgment
(foreclosed real estate for which a redemption period still remains), and in-
substance foreclosure (real estate loans in which the borrower has little or no
equity, repayment can be expected to come only from sale or operation of the 
real estate and the borrower has formally or effectively abandoned control) 
and is carried at the lower of cost or fair value. 

Intangible Assets

Goodwill, the excess of cost over fair value of net assets acquired, is 
amortized to expense using the straight line and interest methods over periods
approximating the asset life of related long term assets, to a maximum of 25
years. Premiums paid for loan servicing rights are amortized against servicing
fee income over the estimated average life, adjusted for prepayments, of the
servicing portfolio acquired using the interest method. Accumulated amortization
of goodwill was $42.5 million and $38.4 million at December 31, 1993 and 1992,
respectively. Intangible assets are reviewed periodically for possible
impairment.

<PAGE> 38
Office Properties and Equipment

Office properties and equipment are stated at cost less accumulated depreciation
computed using the straight line method based on estimated useful lives.

Interest Rate Exchange Agreements

Interest rate exchange agreements ("swaps") are designated as hedges against
future fluctuation's in the interest rates of specifically identified assets and
liabilities. The net interest differential resulting from floating rate interest
payments exchanged for fixed rate interest payments is recorded as incurred.

Protected Rate Agreements

Protected rate agreements ("caps") are designated as hedges against future
fluctuation's in the interest rates of specially identified liabilities. The
interest received is recorded on a current basis. The cost of the caps is
amortized on a straight line basis over the life of the caps.

Mortgage Options

Mortgage options ("puts") are designated as hedges against future fluctuation's 
in the price of specific mortgage loans held for sale. The premium paid for the
put is accounted for as a component of the book value of the mortgage loans and
is realized upon settlement of the loan sales.

Income Taxes

A consolidated federal income tax return is filed for the Company and its
subsidiaries. Deferred taxes are recorded to reflect the tax consequences on
future years' differences between the tax basis of assets and liabilities and 
the financial reporting amounts at each year end and the expected future 
benefit of net operating loss and alternative minimum tax credit carryforwards.

Cash Flow Information

Cash equivalents include cash and due from banks, short term interest bearing
deposits and federal funds sold. Cash paid for interest expense in 1993, 1992 
and 1991 was $278.5 million, $265.7 million and $299.2 million, respectively. 
Cash paid during 1993, 1992 and 1991 for income taxes was $8.5 million, $3.5 
million and $684,000, respectively. Cash received during 1993, 1992 and 1991 
as a recovery of income tax was $343,000, $379,000 and $97,000, respectively.

Earnings Per Share

Earnings per share has been computed using the weighted average number of shares
of common stock outstanding during the period. Per share data reflects the 10
percent stock dividend declared in July 1993, the 100 percent stock dividend 
declared in June 1992, and the 20 percent stock dividend declared in 
September 1991.  Amounts equal to the fair market value of the additional 
shares issued in 1993 have been charged to retained earnings and credited to 
common stock and paid-in capital. The stock dividends in 1992 and 1991 
represent stock splits effected in the form of a dividend, an accounted for 
as such.

The weighted average number of common and common equivalent shares outstanding
used to compute primary earnings per share were 31,662,000, 28,384,000 and
21,646,000 for the year ended December 31, 1993, 1992 and 1991, respectively.

The weighted average number of common and common equivalent shares outstanding
used to compute fully diluted earnings per share were 31,692,000, 30,613,000 and
28,494,000 for the year ended December 31, 1993, 1992 and 1991, respectively.

Note B

Business Combinations

On June 11, 1993, the acquisition of Western Financial Corporation ("Western")
and its federally chartered savings and loan association subsidiary Columbia 
Savings Association F.A. ("Columbia") was completed. Pursuant to the 
agreement and plan of merger, Western was merged into the Company and 
Columbia was merged into Metropolitan Federal Bank, fsb, ("the Bank"). Total 
merger consideration of approximately $21.9 million was paid in the form of 
cash and the Company's stock. The transaction was accounted for as a 
purchase and, accordingly, the purchase price was allocated to assets and 
liabilities based on the estimated fair value as of the acquisition date. 
Based on their election, Western shareholders received .55 shares of the
Company's common stock or $10 in cash for each Western share owned. The 
results of operations of Western for the period since June 12, 1993 have 
been included in the Company's consolidated results.

On August 6, 1993, the Bank completed its acquisition of Eureka Savings Bank,
fsb, Eureka, Kansas ("Eureka"). The acquisition consideration of approximately
$20.8 million was paid in cash and the transaction was accounted for as a
purchase. The results of operations of Eureka have been included in the 
Company's consolidated results of operations for the period since August 7, 
1993.

<PAGE> 39
During 1992, the Company completed several acquisitions designed to expand into
markets not previously served by the Bank. The acquisitions of Home Owners
Savings Bank of Fergus Falls, Minnesota ("Home Owners") and American Charter
Federal Savings and Loan Association of Lincoln, Nebraska ("American Charter"),
were completed December 1 and December 16, respectively. Home Owners was 
acquired from the RTC and American Charter was acquired through a voluntary 
supervisory conversion merger. These acquisitions were accounted for as purchase
transactions. The operating results of Home Owners and American Charter have 
been included in the Company's consolidated results of operations from the 
dates of acquisition.

On September 30, 1992 the Company completed the acquisition of Security 
Financial Group, Inc., St. Cloud, Minnesota ("Security Financial"). The 
Company issued 963,740 shares of common stock, valued at $12.8 million at the
time of the transaction. The acquisition of Security Financial was accounted for
as a pooling of interests. Security Financial is not material to the financial 
condition or operating results of the Company, and therefore, prior years 
balances were not restated. However, 1992 amounts were adjusted to reflect the 
transaction as if it had occurred January 1, 1992.

The unaudited pro forma consolidated results of operations for the years ended
December 31, 1993 and 1992, assuming the acquisitions of Western, Eureka, Home
Owners and American Charter were consummated as of January 1, 1992 are as
follows:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>                                                  Year Ended December 31
(Dollars in thousands, except per share data)                    1993        1992
<S>                                                               <C>         <C>
Net interest income                                          $212,391    $203,321
Income before extraordinary
item and cumulative effect of
accounting change                                              79,610      89,538
Net income                                                     79,610     159,150
Per share data:Income before extraordinary 
item and cumulative effect of
accounting change                                            $   2.47     $  2.79
Net income                                                       2.47        4.99
</TABLE>

This unaudited pro forma information may not be indicative of the results that
would actually have occurred if the combination had been in effect on the dates
indicated or which may be obtained in the future.

In February 1993 the Office of Thrift Supervision notified the Bank that its
application to acquire Rocky Mountain Financial Corporation ("Rocky Mountain"),
Cheyenne, Wyoming, and its bank subsidiary, Rocky Mountain Bank, fsb, had been
approved. Rocky Mountain had assets of $537 million and deposits of $428 million
at December 31, 1993. The banking subsidiary operates 14 branches located
throughout Wyoming. The Bank will pay Rocky Mountain shareholders approximately
$64.2 million in cash as consideration after payment of approximately $3.0
million of transaction expenses. The transaction will be accounted for as a
purchase and is expected to close in March 1994.

Note C

Fair Value of Financial Instruments
The following schedule includes the book value and estimated fair value of all
financial assets and liabilities, as well as specific off-balance sheet items,
as of December 31, 1993. The aggregate fair value amounts presented do not
represent the underlying value of the Company. The fair values indicated for 
nonfinancial assets and liabilities, including real estate, office properties 
and equipment, goodwill, deferred taxes, other assets (excluding unamortized 
premiums on interest rate caps and purchased mortgage servicing rights), and 
other liabilities, represent the book value as of December 31, 1993.

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
(In thousands)                     Book Value          Fair Value
<S>                                       <C>                 <C>
Assets
Cash and cash equivalents         $   167,448         $   167,448
Assets available-for-sale             873,938             873,938
Mortgage-backed securities            943,193             954,908
Loans                               4,585,410           4,602,925
FHLB stock                             59,719              59,719
Nonfinancial assets                   363,601             363,601
Other assets                           13,476              31,306
Total Assets                       $7,006,785          $7,053,845
LiabilitiesTransaction 
and passbook deposits              $1,560,667          $1,560,667
Certificates                        3,793,968           3,829,568
FHLB advances                         921,801             928,185
Other borrowings                      133,159             134,901
Other liabilities                      92,807              92,807
Total Liabilities                  $6,502,402          $6,546,128
Off-balance Sheet Items:
Rate swaps                         $        _          $   (1,293)
Commitments                                 _                 658
Total Off-balance Sheet Items      $        _                (635)
Total Shareholders' Equity         $  504,383          $  507,082
</TABLE>
<PAGE> 40
The following valuation methods and assumptions were used by the Company in
estimating the fair value of financial instruments:

Cash and Cash Equivalents

The book value of cash and due from banks and short-term interest bearing
deposits approximates fair value.

Assets Available-For-Sale

The book value represents market value of these instruments.

Loans Held-For-Sale

The book value represents the lower of cost or market value of these instruments
determined on an aggregate basis based on commitments outstanding and current
quoted market prices.

Mortgage-backed Securities

Fair values are based on quoted market prices.

Loans 

The fair values for fixed rate, one to four family residential mortgage loans,
commercial real estate, commercial business, and consumer loans are calculated
using interest rates currently offered for loans with similar terms to borrowers
of similar credit quality.

FHLB Stock

Fair value for FHLB stock is based on the price at which it may be resold to the
FHLB.

Other Assets

Other assets represent unamortized premiums on interest rate caps and purchased
mortgage servicing rights. The fair value of the interest rate caps is 
determined using quoted market prices for instruments with similar rate and
maturity characteristics. The fair value of the loan servicing rights is
based on average loan balances, interest rates,  pass-through rates and
estimated servicing cost per loan adjusted for assumptions on prepayments,
delinquencies and foreclosures.

Deposits

The fair values disclosed for demand deposits (i.e., interest and noninterest
bearing checking, passbook savings and money market accounts) are equal to the
amount payable on demand at the reporting date.  Fair values for fixed-
maturity certificates of deposit are calculated using a discounted cash flow
analysis that applies interest rates currently being offered on certificates.

Borrowings

The carrying amounts of short-term borrowings approximate their fair value. The
fair value of the Bank's long-term borrowing is calculated using a discounted
cash flow analysis, based on the Bank's current incremental borrowing rate for
similar types of borrowing. The subordinated notes are valued according to the
quoted market price.

Rate Swaps

The fair value of interest rate swaps is derived from a pricing model that
discounts the cash flows of both the paying side and receiving side of the swap
using quoted market rates of similar term instruments.

Commitments

Off-balance sheet commitments include commitments to originate mortgage loans 
and sell mortgage-backed securities. Outstanding commitments approximate fair
value.
<PAGE> 41
Note D

Assets Available-For-Sale

In May 1993, the Financial Accounting Standards Board issued Statement of
Financial Accounting Standards ("SFAS") No. 115, "Accounting for Certain
Investments in Debt and Equity Securities." As permitted under the Statement, 
the Company has elected to adopt the provisions of the Statement as of the end 
of 1993. In accordance with the Statement, prior period financial statements
have not been restated to reflect the change in accounting principle and there 
were no cumulative adjustments to income as a result of adopting the standard. 
However, the ending balance of shareholders' equity was increased by $4.2 
million (net of $2.8 million in deferred income taxes) to reflect net 
unrealized gains on securities classified as available-for-sale previously 
carried at amortized cost or LOCOM. Assets available-for-sale consisted of the 
following:
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                       December 31, 1993
                                      Gross          Gross
                           Book  Unrealized     Unrealized        Market
(In thousands)            Value       Gains         Losses         Value
<S>                          <C>        <C>            <C>           <C>
Mortgage-backed 
Securities: 
GNMA                    $190,164  $     61      $       _       $190,225
FNMA                      36,873       452           (365)        36,960
FHLMC                    130,890     1,397           (232)       132,055
Collateralized
mortgage
obligations              256,352     3,301           (776)       258,877
________________________________________________________________________
                         614,279     5,211         (1,373)       618,117
Investments:
U.S. Treasury             12,900       118             (6)        13,012
U.S. government 
agencies                 118,336     2,981            (36)       121,281
Corporate 
debt securities           10,000        44              _         10,044
Commercial paper          39,793         _              _         39,793
Other                     11,027        19              _         11,046
________________________________________________________________________
                         192,056     3,162            (42)       195,176
Loans Held 
For Sale                  60,645         _              _         60,645
________________________________________________________________________
                        $866,980    $8,373        $(1,415)      $873,938
</TABLE>

Assets Held-For-Sale

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>                                         1992
(In thousands)             Book Value     Market Value
<S>                                <C>             <C>  
U.S. Agency                $       97     $         97
GNMA                            3,712            3,712
FNMA                                _                _
FHLMC                               _                _
Collateralized
mortgage obligations            7,594            7,594
Loans                         150,901          150,901
                             $162,304         $162,304
</TABLE>

The amortized cost and market value of assets available-for-sale by contractual
maturity at December 31, 1993 are as follows:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>                              Book           Market
(In thousands)                        Value            Value
<S>                                     <C>              <C>
Investments:
One year or less                  $  90,721        $  90,974
Over one year through five years     92,509           95,357
Over five years through ten years       153              153
Over ten years                        8,673            8,692
                                    192,056          195,176
Mortgage-backed securities          614,279          618,117
Mortgage loans                       60,645           60,645
                                   $866,980         $873,938
</TABLE>

Proceeds from the sale of assets available-for-sale were $835.8 million and 
$1.4 billion during 1993 and 1992, respectively. Gross gains on these sales
were $19.3 million and $54.1 million during 1993 and 1992, respectively.
Gross losses were $3.0 million during 1993.

Accrued interest on assets available/held-for-sale at December 31, 1993 and 
1992 was $7.0 million and $1.2 million, respectively. Assets available-for-
sale with a book value of $138.1 million were pledged to secure public and
private deposit accounts at December 31, 1993. At December 31, 1993 and 1992, 
$59.8 million and $152.4 million, respectively, of loans were committed to be
sold with settlement dates of January through March 1994 and 1993, respectively.
<PAGE> 42
Note E

Investment Securities

Investment securities held-to-maturity consisted of the following:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>                                                  December 31, 1992
                                        Gross             Gross
                            Book   Unrealized        Unrealized       Market
(In thousands)             Value        Gains            Losses        Value
<S>                          <C>          <C>               <C>          <C>
U.S. Treasury          $  10,654     $     44       $        _     $  10,698
U.S. government 
agencies                 236,392        4,288              (82)      240,598
Corporate 
debt securities           10,000          395                _        10,395
Commercial paper         146,745            _                _       146,745
Other                     15,338            _                _        15,338
                        $419,129       $4,727       $      (82)     $423,774
</TABLE>

All investment securities are classified as available-for-sale as of December
31, 1993 and are shown in Note D. Accrued interest on investment securities at
December 31, 1992 was $5.2 million. Investment securities with a book value of
$158.7 million at December 31, 1992 were pledged to secure public and private
deposit accounts.

Note F

Mortgage-backed Securities

Mortgage-backed securities held-to-maturity consisted of the following:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>                    December 31, 1993                  December 31, 1992
                              Book      Market                 Book        Market
(In thousands)               Value       Value                Value         Value
<S>                             <C>        <C>                  <C>           <C>
GNMA                      $  83,295  $  86,705          $   189,516   $   193,523
FNMA                        134,598    134,197              126,639       129,372
FHLMC                        86,341     87,630              232,880       237,100
Collateralized
mortgage
obligations                  29,913     29,981              438,307       445,262
Participation
certificates                609,046    616,395              625,459       627,537
                           $943,193   $954,908           $1,612,801    $1,632,794
</TABLE>

The market value of mortgage-backed securities held-to-maturity includes gross
unrealized gains of $14.9 million and $24.4 million and gross unrealized losses
of $3.2 million and $4.4 million for 1993 and 1992, respectively.

Accrued interest on mortgage-backed securities at December 31, 1993 and 1992 was
$5.4 million and $10.5 million, respectively. Mortgage-backed securities with a
book value of $181.7 million and $437.9 million at December 31, 1993 and 1992,
respectively, were pledged to secure public and private deposit accounts.

Mortgage-backed securities at December 31, 1993 include current year loan
production with original principal balances of approximately $39 million. During
1993, 1992 and 1991 the Company securitized $690 million, $234 million and $500
million of mortgage loans, respectively.

Note G

Loans

Loans consisted of the following:
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
(In thousands)                 December 31, 1993        December 31, 1992
<S>                                          <C>                      <C>
Real Estate Mortgage:
Residential                           $2,700,214               $2,068,300
Commercial                               513,870                  318,814
Construction                              12,185                    9,623
Commercial                                 6,402                    9,457
Manufactured home                         41,797                   53,164
Consumer and other                     1,353,847                  843,605
                                       4,628,315                3,302,963
Less:
Allowance for losses                      42,905                   35,832
                                      $4,585,410               $3,267,131
</TABLE>
Changes in the allowance for loan losses were as follows:
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                              Year Ended December 31
(In thousands)                                1993              1992            1991
<S>                                            <C>               <C>             <C>
Balance at beginning of year               $35,832           $26,272         $30,386
Provision for loan losses                    7,859             8,316           8,000
Acquisitions                                11,508            11,845              93
Net transfer of allowance
to covered assets and real estate owned          _                 _          (4,543)
Net charge-offs                            (12,294)          (10,601)         (7,664)
                                           $42,905           $35,832         $26,272
</TABLE>
<PAGE> 43

Accrued interest on loans was $24.5 million and $19.9 million at December 31,
1993 and 1992, respectively.

Origination of residential mortgage loans and consumer loans is concentrated in
the states of North Dakota, Minnesota, Nebraska, Iowa, Kansas, South Dakota,
Wisconsin and Arizona. The ability of borrowers to honor these loan obligations
is influenced by the general economic health of the region. The Company's loans
are generally secured by readily marketable collateral. In addition, the Company
requires some form of mortgage insurance, either government sponsored or
private, on residential mortgage loans with a greater than 80 percent loan to
value ratio. The Company's exposure to loss is equal to the net carrying value
of these loans.

At December 31, 1993, approximately $176 million of commitments to make
residential real estate mortgage loans at specific rates were outstanding. These
commitments are subject to the same credit risk, total risk of loss and
collateral policies, as originated loans. 

Loans serviced for others totaled $3.3 billion and $3.5 billion at December 31,
1993 and 1992, respectively.  Residential mortgage loans sold with recourse
totaled $1.0 billion and $1.1 billion at December 31, 1993 and 1992,
respectively. Recourse provisions for loans sold relate primarily to 
defaults. Substantially all loans sold with recourse have either government 
sponsored or private mortgage insurance. 

Loans at December 31, 1993 include $43.2 million of restructured loans, of which
$16.4 million are performing in accordance with the restructured terms. The
remaining $26.8 million are included in the Company's nonperforming loans.

In May 1993 the Financial Accounting Standards Board issued SFAS No. 114,
"Accounting by Creditors for Impairment of a Loan," effective for years 
beginning after December 15, 1994. SFAS No. 114 requires that impaired loans 
be valued at the present value of expected cash flows. The Company will be 
adopting SFAS No. 114 during the first quarter of 1994 and does not expect the 
statement to be material to the Company's financial position or results of 
operations.

Note H

Real Estate

Real estate consisted of the following:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>                                               December 31
(In thousands)                            1993                 1992
<S>                                        <C>                  <C>
Acquired through foreclosure
and in-substance foreclosures          $61,300              $60,781
Held for investment                      1,976                    _
In judgment and subject to 
redemption                               2,367                1,008
                                        65,643               61,789
Less allowance for losses                9,533                9,874
                                       $56,110              $51,915
</TABLE>

Changes in the allowance for real estate losses were 
as follows:


<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                 Year Ended December 31
(In thousands)                                          1993          1992         1991
<S>                                                      <C>           <C>          <C>
Balance at beginning of year                          $9,874        $3,845       $2,707
Provision for decline in
value of real estate owned                             4,540         4,491        2,900
Acquisitions                                           1,983         3,524           23
Net transfers                                              _             _        2,282
Net charge-offs                                       (6,864)       (1,986)      (4,067)       
                                                      $9,533        $9,874       $3,845
</TABLE>

Note I

Office Properties and Equipment

Office properties and equipment consisted of the following:
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>                                                 December 31
(In thousands)                              1993                 1992
<S>                                          <C>                  <C>
Land                                   $  10,579            $    7,841
Buildings                                 67,574                51,787
Furniture and equipment                   52,972                41,683
                                         131,125               101,311
Less allowance for depreciation           39,493                29,356
                                       $  91,632             $  71,955
</TABLE>
<PAGE> 44
Note J

Deposits

Deposits consisted of the following:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>                                                                       Weighted Average
                                                                               Interest Rates at
                                                            December 31              December 31
(Dollars in thousands)                          1993               1992  1993               1992
<S>                                              <C>                <C>   <C>                <C>   
Checking:
Noninterest 
bearing                                  $   254,204        $   232,010
Interest bearing                             390,149            334,600  1.65%              2.45%
Money market
demand                                       185,440            182,953  2.33               2.95
Passbook and
statement                                    730,874            749,015  3.17               3.23
Certificates:
Nine months
and less                                     416,415            612,616  3.24               3.71
Over 9 to 30
months                                     2,187,970          2,230,348  4.28               5.11
Over 30 months                             1,189,583            865,483  6.54               7.45
                                          $5,354,635         $5,207,025  4.10%              4.65%
</TABLE>
Accrued interest on deposits was $38.6 million and $36.2 million at December 31,
1993 and 1992, respectively.

A summary of interest expense on deposits is as follows: 

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>                                                               Year Ended December 31
(In thousands)                                    1993                 1992               1991
<S>                                                <C>                  <C>                <C>
Checking                                    $    6,601           $    7,755         $    7,090
Money market demand                              3,933                4,901             11,648
Passbook and statement                          19,025               24,841             24,803
Certificates                                   202,260              196,820            212,527
                                              $231,819             $234,317           $256,068 
</TABLE>
The following table sets forth the maturities of certificates in 
denominations of $100,000 or more at December 31, 1993.

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
(In thousands)
Maturity                                   Amount
<S>                                           <C>
Under three months                     $    8,590
Three to six months                        40,447
Over six to 12 months                      54,077
Over 12 months                            302,465
                                         $405,579
</TABLE>

Note K

FHLB Advances and Other Borrowings

FHLB advances and other borrowings consisted of the following:

<TABLE>

<CAPTION>                                                                              Weighted Average
                                                                                      Interest Rates at
                                                  December 31,                              December 31
                                             1993         1992              1993                   1992
<S>                                           <C>          <C>               <C>                    <C>       
Federal Home Loan
Bank advances                         $   921,801    $ 252,643             5.15%                  5.22%
Other Borrowings:
Medium term notes                               _       18,998                _                   8.70
Collateralized 
mortgage obligation                        39,931       54,909             7.37                   8.98
Subordinated debt                          86,250       86,250             8.25                   8.25
Notes payable to
banks and others                            6,978        6,186             4.46                   4.79
Total other borrowings                    133,159      166,343
                                      $ 1,054,960    $ 418,986             5.48%                  6.49%
Borrowings due
within one year                       $   165,177    $ 120,941             4.45%                  4.19%
</TABLE>

At December 31, 1993 and 1992, borrowings due within one year consisted
primarily of FHLB line of credit and FHLB advances of $165.0 million at an
average rate of 4.45 percent and $99.5 million at an average rate of 3.37
percent, respectively.

Maturities of borrowings at December 31, 1993, were: 

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
(Dollars in thousands)
Year of Maturity                          Amount
<S>                                          <C>
1994                                 $   165,177
1995                                     100,823
1996                                     212,182
1997                                     165,000
1998                                     215,000
Thereafter                               196,778
                                      $1,054,960
</TABLE>

At December 31, 1993, the Company had an existing line of credit with the 
FHLB of $100 million. The Company had no balance drawn on this line of credit
as of December 31, 1993. The rate paid on the FHLB line varies daily based on 
the federal funds rate.

<PAGE> 45
At December 31, 1993, borrowings were secured by the following:

   FHLB advances--FHLB stock, real estate loans and mortgage-backed securities 
   with a carrying value of $1.6 billion.  

   Collateralized mortgage obligations--mortgage-backed securities with a 
   carrying value of $41.5 million.

Accrued interest on borrowings was $849,000 and $1.4 million at December 31, 
1993 and 1992, respectively.

Note L

Interest Rate Exchange and Protected 

Rate Agreements

The Company has entered into interest rate exchange agreements ("swaps") with
primary securities dealers to stabilize its cost of funds. The notional 
principal amount of interest rate exchange agreements totaled $200 million 
and $250 million for 1993 and 1992, respectively. The Company pays a fixed rate
and receives a variable rate of interest on the stated notional principal 
amount for a fixed period of time. The Company's exposure to market risk 
results from a declining interest rate environment in which the fixed rate 
paid exceeds the variable rate received. These agreements are subject to the 
counterparty's ability to perform in accordance with the terms of the 
agreements. The Company's risk of loss is equal to the interest payments due 
from the counterparty. Net accrued interest payable on swaps was $3.0 million
and $3.8 million on December 31, 1993 and 1992, respectively.

In connection with its asset and liability management program, during 1993 the
Company entered into protected rate agreements ("caps") in the aggregate 
notional amount of $450 million with varying maturities. Under the terms of 
the caps, the Company will be reimbursed for increases in the three-month 
London Inter-Bank Offer Rate ("LIBOR") for any quarter during the agreement 
in which such rate exceeds the "strike price", which ranges from 6 percent to
8 percent depending on the maturity of the cap. These agreements are subject to 
the counterparty's ability to perform in accordance with the terms of the 
agreements. The Company's risk of loss is equal to the original premiums paid
to enter into these agreements.

A summary of the interest rate caps is as follows:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>                                                       Strike Price
(In millions) 6.00 - 6.50%    7.00 - 7.50%             8.00%+           Total
<S>                   <C>              <C>               <C>             <C>
Mature in 1994       $250             $100              $ 50            $400
Mature in 1995         50                _                 _              50
                     $300             $100              $ 50            $450
</TABLE>

Note M

Shareholders' Equity

Preferred Stock

The Company has 10,000,000 shares of $.01 par value preferred stock authorized.
At December 31, 1993, the Company had 488,750 units of Series B, $2.875
Cumulative Perpetual Preferred Stock, issued and outstanding. 

The Company, at its option, redeemed the outstanding 1,840,000 shares of Series
A, $2.00 cumulative convertible preferred stock on April 20, 1992, for 5,753,166
shares of common stock and $400,000 to holders exercising the options to receive
cash.

Each unit of Series B preferred stock consists of one share of Cumulative
Perpetual Preferred Stock and one warrant to purchase 1.32 shares of Common
Stock. The preferred stock is redeemable at the option of the Company at a rate
of $25 per share. Redemption can occur at any time on or after January 31, 1996.
Each warrant entitles the holder to purchase 1.32 shares of the Company's Common
Stock at a price of $6.25. The warrants became exercisable on February 19, 1991,
and expire November 20, 2000. Warrants outstanding at December 31, 1993 allow
for the purchase of 408,751 shares of Common Stock and would result in total 
proceeds to the Company, if exercised, of approximately $1.9 million.

The Company's Series B preferred stock ranks prior to Common Stock as to
dividends and liquidation. The liquidation preference of the preferred stock 
is $25 per share plus accumulated unpaid dividends. Dividends on the 
preferred stock are cumulative and are to be paid at an annual rate of $2.875.

Shares of the Company's preferred stock have no voting rights except in the
event of certain arrearages in which event holders of the preferred stock will
be entitled to elect two additional directors to the Company's Board of
Directors.
<PAGE> 46

Regulatory Capital Requirements

The Bank and its subsidiaries are required to meet capital requirements as
defined by the Office of Thrift Supervision ("OTS") for Tangible, Core and Risk-
based Capital. The requirements call for measures of capital as a percentage of
assets. Required capital levels increase through July 1, 1994, at which time
the fully phased in capital requirements  will be effective. At December 31, 
1993, the Bank exceeds all fully phased in requirements.

Note N

Income Taxes

Income tax expense consisted of the following:
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>                                       Year Ended December 31
(In thousands)                 1993              1992             1991
<S>                             <C>               <C>              <C>
Current
Federal                    $  6,670          $  5,015           $4,373
State                         3,005             3,058               54
                              9,675             8,073            4,427
Deferred
Federal                    $  9,121           $28,657               _
State                         2,489             5,813               _            
                             11,610            34,470               _

                            $21,285           $42,543           $4,427
</TABLE>
The provision for federal income tax differs from that computed at the statutory
corporate tax rate as follows:
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>                                        Year Ended December 31
(In thousands)                1993              1992               1991
<S>                             <C>               <C>                <C>
Tax at 35% statutory       $30,261           $37,421            $21,035
rate (34% in 1992
and 1991)
State income taxes, net 
of federal tax benefit       4,364             5,474                 36
Change in valuation
allowance                  (10,902)                _                  _
Tax effect of:
Amortization of goodwill     1,429             1,360              1,839
FSLIC assistance and tax 
exempt interest                  _                 _             (8,768)
Bad debt deduction               _                 _             (5,743)
Effect of operating losses       _                 _               (810)
Other, net                  (3,867)           (1,712)            (3,162)
                           $21,285           $42,543            $ 4,427
</TABLE>

A valuation allowance is provided when it is more likely than not that some
portion of the deferred tax assets will not be realized. In 1992, Metropolitan
established a valuation allowance for a portion of the operating loss
carryforwards as a result of unresolved matters with taxing authorities. During
1993, certain tax issues were resolved which were previously considered in
management's assessment of the valuation allowance. As a result, the Company has
reduced the remaining valuation allowance. The change in the deferred tax asset
valuation allowance of $10.9 million was recorded as a reduction of income tax
expense. 

The adjustments to the net deferred tax asset in 1993 identified as the "Effect
of acquisitions and other transactions" result primarily from the acquisitions
of Western Financial Corporation and Eureka Savings Bank, fsb and the exercise
of compensatory stock options.

At December 31, 1993, Metropolitan had the following income tax net operating
loss carryforwards available for income tax purposes:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                      Expiration
(Dollars in thousands)              Date                  Amount
<S>                                  <C>                     <C>
Federal regular tax operating loss  
carryforwards acquired through
business combinations               2002               $  3,933
Federal regular tax operating loss
carryforwards from other than
business combinations               2005                 43,451
_______________________________________________________________
                                                        $47,384
Federal AMT operating loss 
carryforwards                       2002               $  4,594
</TABLE>

<PAGE> 47


The components of and changes in the net deferred tax asset were as follows:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>                                                                           Effect of  
                                                                  Deferred       Acquisitions
                                                January 1,       (expense)          and other         December 31,
(In thousands)                                        1993         benefit       transactions                 1993
<S>                                                    <C>             <C>                <C>                  <C>
Loan fees and discounts                           $  6,366     $     (840)         $       _              $  5,526
Discounts on loans and mortgage-backed
securities arising from acquisitions                10,998         (8,125)             6,504                 9,377
Bad debt deduction                                   2,160          1,241              3,819                 7,220
FHLB stock dividends                                (6,833)         3,248             (2,781)               (6,366)
Other                                                1,161          2,814             (2,097)                1,878

Net temporary differences                           13,852         (1,662)             5,445                17,635
Carryforwards:
Federal regular tax operating loss carryforwards    35,993        (22,933)             2,718                15,778
Federal regular tax operating loss carryforwards
acquired in purchase business combinations           1,948             29               (600)                1,377
State regular tax operating loss carryforwards       7,836         (4,430)               238                 3,644
State regular tax operating loss carryforwards
acquired in purchase business combinations           4,844           (135)                 _                 4,709
Federal AMT credit carryforwards                     3,327          6,619                  _                 9,946
Total carryforwards                                 53,948        (20,850)             2,356                35,454

                                                    67,800        (22,512)             7,801                53,089
Valuation allowance                                (16,500)        10,902              5,598                     _

Deferred tax asset                                 $51,300       $(11,610)           $13,399               $53,089


</TABLE>

During the first quarter of 1992, the Company prospectively adopted SFAS No. 
109, "Accounting for Income Taxes." In accordance with this statement, the 
Company recognized deferred tax assets reflecting the benefit expected to be 
realized from the utilization of net operating loss carryforwards ("NOLs") of 
$182.4 million and net deductible temporary differences of approximately $35.8 
million.

The Company had taxable income and pre-tax book income for the periods presented
as follows:
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
(In thousands)            1993             1992       1991
<S>                        <C>              <C>        <C>
Taxable income         $68,490        $  74,707    $15,471
Pre-tax book income     86,459          110,062     61,866
</TABLE>
The primary difference between taxable income and pre-tax book income in 1992
and 1993 relates to the reversal of net deductible temporary differences. In
1991 the primary difference between taxable income and pre-tax book income 
related to the federally assisted acquisitions of seven insolvent thrift 
institutions in 1988 and the related tax exempt assistance received in the 
form of interest on FSLIC notes and covered assets and other assistance 
payments. The tax exempt assistance is also the primary cause of NOLs.
The Company generated net taxable income in 1993, 1992 and 1991 resulting in 
the utilization of a portion of the NOLs. Except for the effects of the 
reversal of net deductible temporary differences, the Company is not 
currently aware of any factors which would cause any significant differences 
between taxable income and pre-tax book income in future years. However, 
there can be no assurances that there will be no significant differences in the
future between taxable income and pre-tax book income if circumstances change
(such as changes in tax laws or the Company's financial condition or 
performance).

In adopting SFAS No. 109 the Company recorded income and a deferred tax asset
equal to the cumulative effect of the accounting change of $75.9 million, $53.1
million of which remains at December 31, 1993. To fully realize the deferred tax
asset the Company will need to generate future taxable income of approximately
$133 million prior to expiration of the NOLs which will begin to expire in 2002.
Based on the Company's historical and current pre-tax earnings, management
believes it is more likely than not that the Company will realize the benefit of
the NOLs existing at December 31, 1993 before they begin to expire in 2002.
Further, management believes the existing net deductible temporary differences
will reverse during periods in which the Company generates net taxable income.
However, there can be no assurance that the Company will generate any 
earnings or specific level of continuing earnings.

<PAGE> 48
The bank qualifies as a savings and loan institution as defined by the Internal
Revenue Code. As a qualifying savings and loan, the Bank is able to utilize an
available special tax provision for the bad debt reserve deduction which allows
the use of either the "experience" method or the "percentage of taxable income"
method in determining the annual allowable deduction.

Note O

Employee Benefits

Pension Plan

The Company has a defined benefit plan covering substantially all employees. The
benefits are based on years of service, minimum age requirements, and the
employee's compensation while employed with the Company. The Company's funding
policy is to contribute annually the maximum amount that can be deducted for
federal income tax purposes. The actuarial cost method used to compute pension
cost is the Projected Unit Credit method.

Net pension cost (income) included the following components:
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>                                  Year Ended December 31
(In thousands)                         1993        1992      1991
<S>                                     <C>         <C>       <C>
Service cost-benefits earned
during the period                    $1,289     $   792   $   218
Interest cost on projected 
benefit obligation                      580         336       363
Actual return on plan assets         (1,453)     (2,009)   (2,761)
Net amortization and deferral           240       1,167     2,020
Net periodic pension 
cost (income)                       $   656     $   286   $  (160)
</TABLE>

The following table sets forth the plan's funded status and amounts 
recognized in the Company's statements of financial condition:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>                                                          December 31
(In thousands)                                     1993                   1992
<S>                                                 <C>                    <C>
Actuarial present value of 
accumulated benefit obligation
including vested benefits of
$3,623 in 1993 and $5,330 in 1992              $(4,401)                $(5,860)
Actuarial present value of 
projected benefit obligation                    (7,401)                 (7,661)

Plan assets at market value, 
primarily certificates of deposit, 
U.S. Treasury securities and 
listed stock, including $2,615 
in 1993 and $2,523 in 1992
of Company stock                                12,064                  12,236
Plan assets in excess of projected
benefit obligation                               4,663                   4,575
Unrecognized net gain from past
experience different from that
assumed and effects of changes
in assumptions                                    (562)                   (655)
Prior service cost not yet recognized
in net periodic pension cost                    (1,119)                 (1,233)
Unrecognized net assets at end of year          (3,980)                 (3,035)

Pension liability                              $  (998)                $  (348)
</TABLE>

The weighted average discount rate and rate of increase in future compensation
levels used in determining the actuarial present value of the projected benefit
obligation were 7 percent at both December 31, 1993 and 1992. The expected long
term rate of return on plan assets in 1993, 1992 and 1991 was 7 percent.

<PAGE> 49
Postretirement Benefit Plan

In addition to the Company's defined pension benefit plan, the Company sponsors 
a defined benefit health care plan that provides postretirement benefits to 
eligible employees. The benefits, based on years of service, is contributory 
and contains cost-sharing features such as deductibles and coinsurance. The 
Company's policy is to fund the cost of medical benefits in amounts determined 
by management.

In 1993, the Company adopted Financial Accounting Standard No. 106 "Employers
Accounting For Postretirement Benefits Other than Pensions." The Company's total
postretirement benefit cost for 1993 was $545,000. Postretirement benefit costs
for 1992 and 1991, which were recorded on a cash basis, have not been restated.
The postretirement benefit liability at December 31, 1993 was $499,000. Upon
adoption, the accumulated postretirement obligation was $2.4 million and
increased to $2.9 million at December 31, 1993. 

The weighted average annual assumed rate of increase in the per capita cost of
covered benefits is 13 percent for 1993 and is assumed to decrease gradually 
to 6 percent for 2001 and remain at that level thereafter. The health care 
cost trend rate assumption has minimal effect on the amounts reported. 
Increasing the assumed health care trend rates by one percentage point in 
each year would increase the aggregate of the service and interest cost 
components of the net periodic postretirement benefit cost for 1993 by 
$160,000. The weighted average discount rate used in determining 
postretirement benefit obligation was 7 percent at December 31, 1993.

The board of directors has approved a directors' retirement plan subject to
shareholder approval.

In November 1992, the Financial Accounting Standards Board issued SFAS No. 112,
"Employers Accounting for Post Employment Benefits." The Company is required to
adopt this Statement in 1994. As of December 31, 1993, the Company had not
adopted Statement No. 112. No material effect on the financial condition of the
Company is anticipated when the statement is adopted.

Savings Plans

The Company has a defined contribution savings plan covering substantially all
employees. Eligibility is based on years of service and minimum age
requirements. Employees elect to contribute a percentage of their compensation.
Contributions are invested, at the direction of the employee, in one or more
funds or can be directed to purchase common stock of the Company at fair market
value. The Company makes matching contributions, invested solely in common stock
of the Company, up to a specified percentage of employee's compensation. Company
contributions vest over a period of five years. Total savings plan expense was
$2.5 million $2.0 million and $1.5 million for the years ended December 31,
1993, 1992 and 1991, respectively.

Stock Purchase Plan

The Company established a shareholder approved Employee Stock Purchase Plan (the
"Plan") in 1992 for which 440,000 shares have been reserved. Under the Plan, the
Company conducts a series of offerings (each an "Offering") of its Common Stock,
each continuing for three months, beginning on January 1, April 1, July 1 and
October 1 of each year (the "Offering Date") and ending on March 31, June 30,
September 30 and December 31 of each year (the "Offering Period"). The per share
purchase price of the shares offered in a given Offering is the lower of 85
percent of the fair market value of one share of the Common Stock of the Company
on the first day of the Offering Period or the last day of the Offering Period.
Employees, subject to restrictions regarding length of service and age, may
designate a payroll deduction limited to a minimum deduction of $25 per pay
period and not exceeding an amount which would result in the purchase of Common
Stock with a fair value of more than $25,000 in any calendar year. During 1993,
a total of 353,450 shares were issued under the plan for an aggregate purchase
price of $4.4 million. 

Stock Option and Incentive Plans

The Company has three board of director approved stock option and incentive
plans, initiated in 1984, 1990 and 1993. The 1993 plan is pending shareholder
approval. Two types of options are granted under the plans, incentive and
nonqualified. Incentive options are exercisable on a phased in basis beginning
one year after issuance. Nonqualified options before October 1993 are fully
exercisable on the grant date. Nonqualified options after October 1993 are
exercisable on a phased in basis beginning one year after issuance. All options
expire ten years from the grant date. Under the 1993 plan,restricted stock
awards, performance units, stock bonuses and stock appreciation rights may also
be granted.

The company initiated a non-employee director stock option plan, approved by the
shareholders, in 1993. The options are exercisable one year after issuance. The
grant of incentive and nonqualified stock options is to be made at the
discretion of the committee responsible for administering the plans and is to
be set forth in the option agreement.

<PAGE> 50
Shares reserved and options outstanding under all plans are as follows:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>                                                              Options Outstanding
                                   Shares Reserved          Total Number   and Exercisable                      Price
                                  For Future Grant             Of Shares      Total Shares                  Per Share
<S>                                            <C>                   <C>               <C>                 <C>
Balance at December 31, 1990             1,371,102             2,805,567         2,805,567              $1.57 _  4.90
Granted                                   (413,248)              413,248           413,248               4.35 _  4.35
Exercised                                        _            (1,329,299)       (1,329,299)              1.57 _  4.90
Balance at December 31, 1991               957,854             1,889,516         1,889,516               1.57 _  4.90
Share allocated                            660,000                     _                 _                          _
Granted                                   (767,800)              767,800           767,800               9.72 _ 15.23
Cancelled                                   79,068               (79,068)          (79,068)              4.35 _  9.72
Exercised                                        _              (574,497)         (574,497)              1.84 _  4.90
Balance at December 31, 1992               929,122             2,003,751         2,003,751               1.57 _ 15.23
Shares allocated                         2,275,000                     _                 _                          _
Granted                                 (1,000,900)            1,000,900           553,400              15.13 _ 18.30
Cancelled                                        _                     _                 _                          _
Exercised                                        _              (725,992)         (725,992)              1.57 _ 16.02
Balance at December 31, 1993             2,203,222             2,278,659         1,831,159              $2.85 _ 18.30
</TABLE>

Note P
Parent Company Financial Information

The Company's ability to pay cash dividends depends upon the cash dividends it
receives from the Bank, Edina Realty and Equity Title.

The Bank is required to give the OTS thirty day notice prior to declaration of a
cash dividend to the parent company. The Bank's dividends to the parent 
company are generally limited to the calendar year's earnings plus 50 percent
of the surplus capital (the percentage by which the ratio of its regulatory 
capital to assets ratio exceeds the fully phased in ratio) at the beginning 
of the year.

<PAGE> 51
The summarized financial information of Metropolitan Financial Corporation, the
parent company, is as follows:

Condensed Statements of Condition
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
(In thousands)                                             December 31, 1993     December 31, 1992
<S>                                                                      <C>                   <C>
Assets
Cash and investments                                              $   12,254           $    12,966
Equity in net assets of subsidiaries                                 578,046               503,107
Other assets                                                          12,504                 8,632
Total Assets                                                        $602,804              $524,705
Liabilities  
Payable to subsidiaries                                           $       37           $     1,180
Other borrowings                                                      92,521                93,857
Other liabilities                                                      5,863                 3,024
Total Liabilities                                                     98,421                98,061
Shareholders' Equity          
Preferred stock                                                            5                     5
Common stock                                                             320                   267
Additional paid-in capital                                           231,881               148,890
Retained earnings                                                    280,813               278,424
Net unrealized gains on securities
available-for-sale (net of tax)                                        4,209                     _
Less cost of common stock in treasury                                (12,845)                 (942)
Total Shareholders' Equity                                           504,383               426,644
Total Liabilities and Shareholders' Equity                          $602,804              $524,705
</TABLE>

Condensed Statements of Income

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>                                                                                 Year Ended December 31
(In thousands)                                           1993                        1992                   1991
<S>                                                       <C>                         <C>                    <C>
Net interest expense                                $  (7,756)                $    (2,070)            $     (434)
Cash dividends received from subsidiaries              23,672                      17,136                  8,930
Management fee income                                  20,906                      15,364                 11,979
Noninterest expense                                   (20,731)                    (15,093)               (11,545)
Income before equity in earnings of subsidiaries       16,091                      15,337                  8,930
Undistributed equity in earnings of subsidiaries       46,137                     121,794                 48,509
Income before income taxes                             62,228                     137,131                 57,439
Income tax benefit                                      2,946                           _                      _
Net Income                                            $65,174                    $137,131                $57,439
</TABLE>

<PAGE> 52
Condensed Statements of Cash Flows

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                       Year Ended December 31
(In thousands)                                           1993                     1992                   1991
<S>                                                       <C>                      <C>                    <C>
Operating Activities
Net income                                          $  65,174                 $137,131                $57,439
Adjustment to reconcile net income to net cash 
provided by operating activities:
Equity in earnings of subsidiaries                    (46,137)                (121,794)               (48,509)
Net Cash Provided by Operating Activities              19,037                   15,337                  8,930
Investing Activities
Capital contribution to subsidiary                          _                  (78,000)                     _
Net Cash Used by Investing Activities                       _                  (78,000)                     _
Financing Activities
(Decrease) increase in receivables from 
or payables to subsidiaries                            (1,123)                      68                   (410)
Proceeds from:
Issuance of borrowings                                      _                   86,250                      _
Issuance of common stock                               16,742                    4,380                  4,168
Sale of common stock held in Treasury                       _                    3,131                    810
Repayment of borrowings                                (3,860)                  (3,048)                (4,248)
Purchase of common stock held in Treasury             (11,903)                    (114)                   (82)
Dividends                                             (13,483)                  (9,093)                (9,318)
Other financing activities                             (6,122)                  (9,480)                   395
Net Cash (Used) Provided by Financing Activities      (19,749)                  72,094                 (8,685)
(Decrease) Increase in Cash and Cash Equivalents         (712)                   9,431                    245
Cash and cash equivalents at beginning of year         12,966                    3,535                  3,290
Ending Cash and Cash Equivalents                     $ 12,254                 $ 12,966                $ 3,535
</TABLE>


<PAGE> 53
Note Q
Segment Information
The following summarizes financial data for the Company's business segments:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>                                                                                Year Ended December 31
(In thousands)                                           1993                      1992                    1991
<S>                                                       <C>                       <C>                     <C>
Revenues:
The Bank                                            $ 507,995                 $ 492,907               $ 460,288
Edina Realty                                           36,267                    33,905                  28,105
Equity Title                                           13,714                    11,503                   8,001
MFS                                                     4,587                       852                      67
                                                      562,563                   539,167                 496,461
Expenses:
The Bank                                              430,110                   388,980                 400,480
Edina Realty                                           33,093                    30,855                  27,052
Equity Title                                           10,693                     9,113                   7,009
MFS                                                     2,208                       157                      54
                                                      476,104                   429,105                 434,595
Net income before income tax expense,
extraordinary item and cumulative effect of
accounting change:
The Bank                                               77,885                   103,927                  59,808
Edina Realty                                            3,174                     3,050                   1,053
Equity Title                                            3,021                     2,390                     992
MFS                                                     2,379                       695                      13
                                                    $  86,459                 $ 110,062               $  61,866
</TABLE>
[FN]
Nearly all assets are attributable to the financial institutions segment.
<PAGE> 54
Report of Management
The management of Metropolitan Financial Corporation and its subsidiaries is
responsible for the preparation of the accompanying annual report and
consolidated financial statements and for their integrity and objectivity. The
consolidated financial statements have been prepared in accordance with 
generally accepted accounting principles and include amounts based upon 
management's judgment and best estimates.

The consolidated financial statements have been audited by Ernst & Young,
independent auditors, selection of which has been ratified by the shareholders
of Metropolitan Financial Corporation.

Metropolitan Financial Corporation and its subsidiaries have established and
maintain systems of internal control designed to provide reasonable assurance
that assets are safeguarded and transactions are properly authorized and
recorded. Metropolitan maintains an auditing program that assesses the
effectiveness of the internal controls. In addition, the independent auditors
consider the Company's internal control structure in order to determine their
auditing procedures for the purpose of expressing an opinion on the 
consolidated financial statements.

The Audit Committee of the Board of Directors of Metropolitan Financial
Corporation, comprised exclusively of outside directors, meets regularly with 
management and representatives of Ernst & Young to review audit, internal 
control, and accounting and financial reporting issues.

Management recognizes its responsibility for fostering a strong, ethical climate
so that Metropolitan's affairs are carried out in accordance with the highest
standards of personal and business conduct. This responsibility is reflected in
Metropolitan's personnel policies which address conflict of interest and other
related subjects, and are publicized throughout the Company and its
subsidiaries.

Norman M. Jones
Chairman and Chief Executive Officer

Steven B. Dewald
Executive Vice President and Chief Financial Officer

William T. Cox
Senior Vice President and Chief Accounting Officer

Report of Independent Auditors
Board of Directors and Shareholders
Metropolitan Financial Corporation
Minneapolis, Minnesota

We have audited the accompanying consolidated statements of condition of
Metropolitan Financial Corporation and subsidiaries as of December 31, 1993 and
1992 and the related consolidated statements of income, changes in shareholders'
equity and cash flows for each of the three years in the period ended December
31, 1993. These financial statements are the responsibility of the Company's
management. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on these financial
statements based on our audits.

We conducted our audits in accordance with generally accepted auditing
standards. Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain
reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material
misstatement. An audit includes examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting
the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements. An audit also includes
assessing the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by
management, as well as evaluating the overall financial statement presentation.
We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinion.

In our opinion, the financial statements referred to above present fairly, in
all material respects, the consolidated financial position of Metropolitan
Financial Corporation and subsidiaries at December 31, 1993 and 1992 and the 
consolidated results of their operations and their cash flows for each of the 
three years in the period ended December 31, 1993, in conformity with generally 
accepted accounting principles.

As discussed in Note D to the financial statements, in 1993 the Company changed
its method of accounting for certain debt and equity securities. Also, as
discussed in Note O to the financial statements, in 1993 the Company changed its
method of accounting for certain postretirement benefits provided to its
employees.

Ernst & Young
Minneapolis, Minnesota
January 19, 1994
<PAGE> 55
Other Supplementary Data

Quarterly Results of Operations (unaudited)

The following is a summary of the quarterly results of operations for the years
ended December 31, 1993 and 1992.
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
(Dollar amounts in thousands, except per share data)  First Quarter*    Second Quarter*   Third Quarter* Fourth Quarter
<S>                                                             <C>                <C>              <C>            <C>
1993
Interest income                                            $112,073           $115,626         $123,577       $121,450
Interest expense                                             66,078             67,087           71,496         69,951
Net interest income                                          45,995             48,539           52,081         51,499
Provision for loan losses                                     1,500              2,400            2,087          1,872
Net interest income after provision for loan losses          44,495             46,139           49,994         49,627
Net gain on sale of investments, mortgage-backed
securities, mortgage loans and mortgage loan servicing          525              3,452            4,025          8,269
Other noninterest income                                     13,222             20,277           20,991         19,076
Noninterest expense                                          49,422             45,132           48,164         50,915
Income before income taxes, extraordinary item and 
cumulative effect of accounting change                        8,820             24,736           26,846         26,057
Income tax expense (benefit)                                 (6,467)             9,582            9,963          8,207
Income before extraordinary item and cumulative effect 
of accounting change                                         15,287             15,154           16,883         17,850
Extraordinary item                                                _                  _                _              _
Cumulative effect of accounting change                            _                  _                _              _
Net income                                                   15,287             15,154           16,883         17,850 
Dividends on preferred stock                                    351                351              351            352
Net Income Applicable to Common Equity                     $ 14,936           $ 14,803         $ 16,532       $ 17,498 
Primary Earnings Per Share                                 $   0.49           $   0.47         $   0.51       $   0.54
Fully Diluted Earnings Per Share                               0.48               0.47             0.51           0.54
Dividends Per Common Share                                 $   0.09           $   0.10         $   0.10       $   0.10

1992
Interest income                                            $106,540            $112,502        $105,173       $100,550
Interest expense                                             72,089              72,870          65,428         61,821
Net interest income                                          34,451              39,632          39,745         38,729
Provision for loan losses                                     2,321               2,744           1,651          1,600
Net interest income after provision for loan losses          32,130              36,888          38,094         37,129
Net gain on sale of investments, mortgage-backed
securities, mortgage loans and mortgage loan servicing          502              44,405           3,867          4,867
Other noninterest income                                     13,221              17,578          16,429         13,533
Noninterest expense                                          33,231              36,423          38,327         40,600
Income before income taxes, extraordinary item and
cumulative effect of accounting change                       12,622              62,448          20,063         14,929
Income tax expense                                            5,102              24,439           7,852          5,150
Income before extraordinary item and
cumulative effect of accounting change                        7,520              38,009          12,211          9,779
Extraordinary item                                                _              (6,329)              _              _
Cumulative effect of accounting change                       75,941                   _               _              _
Net income                                                   83,461              31,680          12,211          9,779
Dividends on preferred stock                                    351                 351             351            352
Net Income Applicable to Common Equity                  $    83,110            $ 31,329        $ 11,860       $  9,427
Primary Earnings Per Share                                     3.53            $   1.09        $   0.39       $   0.31
Fully Diluted Earnings Per Share                               2.78                1.04            0.39           0.31
Dividends Per Common Share                              $      0.05            $   0.06        $   0.06       $   0.09
</TABLE>
*Amounts have been reclassified to conform with the year-end presentation.
<PAGE> 56
Other Supplementary Data

Common Stock Prices
The following table sets forth, for each of the calendar periods indicated, the
range of high and low closing sale prices per share of the Company's common
stock. These prices have been adjusted to reflect stock dividends.
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                     1993                          1992
                           Low       High                Low       High
<S>                        <C>        <C>                <C>        <C>    
First quarter           $13.86     $18.30            $  9.03     $11.53
Second quarter           14.78      18.06               9.20      11.70
Third quarter            14.13      17.38               9.38      13.86
Fourth quarter           15.25      18.00              12.05      15.23
</TABLE>

The Company expects to continue its policy of paying regular cash dividends,
although there is no assurance as to future dividends because they depend on
future earnings, capital requirements and financial condition.

Preferred Stock Prices

During 1990, Metropolitan Financial Corporation issued 488,750 units consisting
of one share of $2.875 Series B Perpetual Preferred Stock and a warrant
entitling the holder to purchase 1.32 shares of MFC Common at $6.25. The
following table sets forth, for the periods indicated, the preferred stock's
range of high and low closing sale prices per unit.

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>                            1993                        1992
                           Low       High           Low          High
<S>                        <C>        <C>           <C>           <C>
First quarter           $27.00     $29.00        $34.50        $36.50
Second quarter           27.25      29.00         35.50         37.50
Third quarter            27.13      29.00         37.00         39.00
Fourth quarter           27.13      28.75         40.00         42.00
</TABLE>
Executive Offices
1000 Metropolitan Centre
333 South Seventh Street
Minneapolis, Minnesota 55402
(612) 399-6000

Annual Meeting
Wednesday, May 4, 1994 at 1:30 PM
Lutheran Brotherhood
Minneapolis, Minnesota

Information Meeting
Thursday, May 5, 1994 at 1:30 PM
Radisson Hotel Fargo
Fargo, North Dakota

Counsel
Oppenheimer Wolff & Donnelly
Minneapolis, Minnesota

Independent Auditors
Ernst & Young
Minneapolis, Minnesota

Securities Information
Metropolitan Financial Corporation's common stock is traded on the New York
Stock Exchange under the symbol MFC and also may be found under the listing
MetFn.

Shareholders with questions concerning lost certificates, dividend payments, or
other transfer related issues are invited to contact the transfer agent and
registrar directly on these matters:

American Stock Transfer & Trust Company
40 Wall Street - 46th Floor
New York, New York 10005
(212) 936-5100

Dividend Reinvestment
Metropolitan Financial Corporation shareholders can take advantage of a dividend
reinvestment plan that provides automatic reinvestment of quarterly cash
dividends and optional cash contributions of up to $2,500 per quarter. If you
would like more information, contact American Stock Transfer & Trust Company.

Investor Information
Form 10-K is available to shareholders at no cost upon request. Shareholders may
reach the Investor Relations department by calling (800) 399-METF (800-399-
6383). Members of the investment community may also contact:

Patricia Henning, Vice President
Investor Relations and Corporate Communications
(612) 399-6045
(612) 399-6995 (Facsimile)


<PAGE>
                                          BY-LAWS

                                            OF

                            METROPOLITAN FINANCIAL CORPORATION

                          (hereinafter called the "Corporation")


I.  OFFICES

    1.  Registered Office.

The registered office of the Corporation shall be in the City of 
Wilmington, County of New Castle, State of Delaware.

    2.  Other Offices.

The Corporation may also have offices at such other places both within and 
without the State of Delaware as the board of directors may from time to 
time determine.



II.  MEETINGS OF STOCKHOLDERS

     1.  Place of Meetings. 

Meetings of the stockholders for the election of directors or for any other 
purpose shall be held at such time and place, either within or without the 
State of Delaware, as shall be designated from time to time by the board of 
directors and stated in the notice of the meeting or in a duly executed 
waiver of notice thereof.

     2.  Annual Meetings.

The annual meetings of stockholders shall be held on such date and at such 
time as shall be designated from time to time by the board of directors and 
stated in the notice of the meeting, at which meetings the stockholders 
shall elect by a plurality vote a board of directors and transact such 
other business as may properly be brought before the meeting.  Written 
notice of the annual meeting stating the place, date and hour of the 
meeting shall be given to each stockholder entitled to vote at such meeting 
not less than ten nor more than sixty days before the date of the meeting. 
The notice shall also set forth the purpose or purposes for which the 
meeting is called.

     3.  Special Meetings.
<PAGE>
Unless otherwise prescribed by law or by the Certificate of Incorporation, 
special meetings of stockholders, for any purpose or purposes, may be 
called by either the chairman of the board or the president and shall be 
called by either individual at the written request of a majority of the 
directors then in office. Such request shall state the purpose or purposes 
of the proposed meeting. Written notice of a special meeting stating the 
place, date and hour of the meeting and the purpose or purposes for which 
the meeting is called shall be given not less than ten nor more than sixty 
days before the date of the meeting to each stockholder entitled to vote at 
such meeting.

     4.  Quorum.

Except as otherwise provided by law or by the Certificate of Incorporation, 
the holders of a majority of the capital stock issued and outstanding and 
entitled to vote thereat, present in person or represented by proxy, shall 
constitute a quorum at all meetings of the stockholders for the transaction 
of business.  If, however, such quorum shall not be present or represented 
at any meeting of the stockholders, the stockholders entitled to vote 
thereat, present in person or represented by proxy, shall have power to 
adjourn the meeting from time to time, without notice other than 
announcement at the meeting, until a quorum shall be present or 
represented.  At such adjourned meeting at which a quorum shall be present 
or represented, any business may be transacted which might have been 
transacted at the meeting as originally noticed.  If the adjournment is for 
more than thirty days, or if after the adjournment a new record date is 
fixed for the adjourned meeting, a notice of the adjourned meeting shall be 
given to each stockholder entitled to vote at the meeting.

     5.  Voting.

Except as otherwise required by law, the Certificate of Incorporation or 
these by-laws, any question brought before any meeting of stockholders 
shall be decided by the vote of the holders of a majority of the stock duly 
voted on the question. Each stockholder represented at a meeting of 
stockholders shall be entitled to cast one vote for each share of the 
capital stock entitled to vote thereat held by such stockholder.  Such 
votes may be cast in person or by proxy.  The board of directors, in its 
discretion, or the officer of the Corporation presiding at a meeting of 
stockholders, in his discretion, may require that any votes cast at such 
meeting shall be cast by written ballot. 

    6.  List of Stockholders Entitled to Vote.

The officer of the Corporation who has charge of the stock ledger of the 
Corporation shall prepare and make, at least twenty days before every 
meeting of stockholders, a complete list of the stockholders entitled to 
<PAGE>
vote at the meeting, arranged in alphabetical order, and showing the 
address of each stockholder and the number of shares registered in the name 
of each stockholder. Such list shall be open to the examination of any 
stockholder, for any purpose germane to the meeting, during ordinary 
business hours, for a period of at least twenty days prior to the meeting, 
either at a place within the city where the meeting is to be held, which 
place shall be specified in the notice of the meeting, or, if not so 
specified, at the place where the meeting is to be held. The list shall 
also be produced and kept at the time and place of the meeting during the 
whole time thereof, and may be inspected by any stockholder of the 
Corporation who is present.

    7.  Stock Ledger.

The stock ledger of the Corporation shall be the only evidence as to who 
are the stockholders entitled to examine the stock ledger, the list 
required by Section 6 of this Article II or the books of the Corporation or 
to vote in person or by proxy at any meeting of stockholders.

    8.  Proxies.

At all meetings of stockholders, a stockholder may vote by proxy executed 
in writing by the stockholder or his duly authorized attorney in fact.  
Proxies solicited on behalf of the management shall be voted as directed by 
the stockholder or, in the absence of such direction, as determined by a 
majority of the board of directors.  No proxy shall be valid after eleven 
months from the date of its execution except for a proxy coupled with an 
interest.

    9.  Voting of Shares in the Name of Two or More Persons.

When ownership stands in the name of two or more persons, in the absence of 
written direction to the Corporation to the contrary, at any meeting of the 
stockholders of the Corporation any one or more of such stockholders may 
cast, in person or by proxy, all votes to which such ownership is entitled. 
 In the event an attempt is made to cast conflicting votes, in person or by 
proxy, by the several persons in whose names shares of stock stand, the 
vote or votes to which those persons are entitled shall be cast as directed 
by a majority of those holding such stock and present in person or by proxy 
at such meeting, but no votes shall be cast for such stock if a majority 
cannot agree.

    10.  Voting of Shares by Certain Holders.

Shares standing in the name of another corporation may be voted by any 
officer, agent or proxy as the by-laws of such corporation may prescribe, 
<PAGE>
or, in the absence of such provision, as the board of directors of such 
corporation may determine.  Shares held by an administrator, executor, 
guardian or conservator may be voted by him, either in person or by proxy, 
without a transfer of such shares into his name.  Shares standing in the 
name of a trustee may be voted by him, either in person or by proxy, but no 
trustee shall be entitled to vote shares held by him without a transfer of 
such shares into his name.  Shares standing in the name of a receiver may 
be voted by such receiver, and shares held by or under the control of a 
receiver may be voted by such receiver without the transfer into his name 
if authority to do so is contained in an appropriate order of the court or 
other public authority by which such receiver was appointed.

A stockholder whose shares are pledged shall be entitled to vote such 
shares until the shares have been transferred into the name of the pledgee, 
and thereafter the pledgee shall be entitled to vote the shares so 
transferred.

Neither treasury shares of its own stock held by the Corporation, nor 
shares held by another corporation, if a majority of the shares entitled to 
vote for the election of directors of such other corporation are held by 
the Corporation, shall be voted at any meeting or counted in determining 
the total number of outstanding shares at any given time for purposes of 
any meeting.

    11.  Inspectors of Election.

In advance of any meeting of stockholders, the board of directors may 
appoint any persons other than nominees for office as inspectors of 
election to act at such meeting or any adjournment thereof.  The number of 
inspectors shall be either one or three.  If the board of directors so 
appoints either one or three such inspectors, that appointment shall not be 
altered at the meeting.  If inspectors of election are not so appointed, 
the chairman of the board or the president may, and on the request of not 
less than ten percent of the votes represented at the meeting shall, make 
such appointment at the meeting.  If appointed at the meeting, the majority 
of the voters present shall determine whether one or three inspectors are 
to be appointed.  In case any person appointed as inspector fails to appear 
or fails or refuses to act, the vacancy may be filled by appointment by the 
board of directors in advance of the meeting or at the meeting by the 
chairman of the board or the president.

Unless otherwise prescribed by law, the duties of such inspectors shall 
include: determining the number of shares of stock and the voting power of 
each share, the shares of stock represented at the meeting, the existence 
of a quorum, the authenticity, validity and effect of proxies; receiving 
votes, ballots or consents; hearing and determining all challenges and 
questions in any way arising connection with the right to vote; counting 
<PAGE>
and tabulating all votes or consents; determining the result; and such acts 
as may be proper to conduct the election or vote with fairness to all 
stockholders.

    12.  Conduct of Meetings.

Annual and special meetings shall be conducted in accordance with the most 
current edition of Robert's Rules of Order unless otherwise prescribed by 
law or these by-laws.  The board of directors shall designate, when 
present, either the chairman of the board or president to preside at such 
meetings.

    13.  New Business.

Any new business to be taken up at the annual meeting shall be stated in 
writing and filed with the secretary of the Corporation at least ten days 
before the date of the annual meeting, and all business so stated, proposed 
and filed shall be considered at the annual meeting, but no other proposal 
shall be acted upon at the annual meeting.  Any stockholder may make any 
other proposal at the annual meeting and the same may be discussed and 
considered, but unless stated in writing and filed with the secretary at 
least five days before the meeting, such proposal shall be laid over for 
action at an adjourned, special or annual meeting of the stockholders 
taking place thirty days or more thereafter.  This provision shall not 
prevent the consideration and approval or disapproval at the annual meeting 
of reports of officers, directors or committees, but in connection with 
such reports no new business shall be acted upon at such annual meeting 
unless stated and filed as herein provided.



III.  DIRECTORS

      1.  Number and Election of Directors.  

The board of directors shall be 9.  Directors need not be residents of the 
State of Delaware.  Each director shall at all times be the beneficial 
owner of not less than 100 shares of capital stock of the Corporation.  The 
directors, other than the first board of directors, shall be elected at 
annual meetings of the stockholders.  Changes in the number of directors, 
within the limits, if any, specified in the Certificate of Incorporation, 
may be accomplished through amendment of these by-laws.

      2.  Vacancies.

The board of directors shall divide the directors into three classes and, 
when the number of directors is changed, shall determine the class or 
classes to which the increased or decreased number of directors shall be 
<PAGE>
apportioned; provided that each class shall be equal or nearly equal in 
size as possible; provided, further, that no decreases in the number of 
directors shall affect the term of any director then in office, except the 
initial directors.  The term of office of directors elected at the initial 
special meeting of stockholders shall be as follows:  the term of office of 
directors of the first class shall expire at the first annual meeting of 
stockholders after their election; the term of office of directors of the 
second class shall expire at the second annual meeting of stockholders 
after their election; and the term of office of directors of the third 
class shall expire at the third annual meeting of stockholders after their 
election; and, as to directors of each class, when their respective 
successors are elected and qualified.  At each annual meeting of 
stockholders subsequent to the initial special meeting of stockholders, 
directors elected to succeed those whose terms are expiring shall be 
elected for a term of office to expire at the third succeeding annual 
meeting of stockholders and when their respective successors are elected 
and qualified.

Vacancies in the board of directors, however caused, shall be filled by a 
majority vote of the directors then in office, whether or not a quorum, and 
any director so chosen shall hold office for a term expiring at the annual 
meeting of stockholders at which the term of the class to which he has been 
chosen expires and when his successor is elected and qualified.

      3.  Duties and Powers.

The business of the Corporation shall be managed by or under the direction 
of the board of directors, which may exercise all such powers of the 
Corporation and do all such lawful acts and things as are not by statute or 
by the Certificate of Incorporation or by these by-laws directed or 
required to be exercised or done by the stockholders.  The board of 
directors shall annually elect a chairman of the board and a president from 
among its members and shall designate, when present, either the chairman of 
the board or the president to preside at its meetings.

      4.  Meetings.

The Board of Directors may hold meetings both regular and special either 
within or without Delaware.  The annual and additional regular meetings of 
Directors may be held at the time and place as determined by resolution of 
the Board of Directors without notice other than the resolution.  Special 
meetings of Directors may be called by the Chairman, President, or a 
majority of Directors. Notice of special meeting stating the time and place 
of meeting shall be given to each director either by mail at least 48 hours 
or by telephone or telegram at least 24 hours before the meeting date. 
<PAGE>
      5.  Quorum.

Except as may be otherwise specifically provided by law, the Certificate of 
Incorporation of these by-laws, at all meetings of the board of directors, 
a majority of the directors then in office shall constitute a quorum for 
the transaction of business and the act of a majority of the directors 
present at any meeting at which there is a quorum shall be the act of the 
board of directors. If a quorum shall not be present at any meeting of the 
board of directors, the directors present thereat may adjourn the meeting 
from time to time, without notice other than announcement at the meeting, 
until a quorum shall be present. 

      6.  Actions of the Board.

Unless otherwise provided by the Certificate of Incorporation or these 
by-laws, any action required or permitted to be taken at any meeting of the 
board of directors or of any committee thereof may be taken without a 
meeting, if all the members of the board of directors or committee, as the 
case may be, consent thereto in writing, and the writing or writings are 
filed with the minutes of proceedings of the board of directors or 
committee.

      7.  Meetings by Means of Conference Telephone.

Unless otherwise provided by the Certificate of Incorporation or these 
by-laws, members of the board of directors of the Corporation, or any 
committee designated by the board of directors, may participate in a 
meeting of the board of directors or such committee by means of a 
conference telephone or similar communications equipment by means of which 
all persons participating in the meeting can hear each other, and 
participation in a meeting pursuant to this Section 7 shall constitute 
presence in person at such meeting.

      8.  Compensation.

The directors may be paid their reasonable expenses, if any, of attendance 
at each meeting of the board of directors and may be paid a reasonable 
fixed sum for actual attendance at each meeting of the board of directors. 
Directors, as such, may receive a stated salary for their services.  No 
such payment shall preclude any director from serving the Corporation in 
any other capacity and receiving compensation therefor.  Members of special 
or standing committees may be allowed like compensation for attending 
committee meetings.

      9.  Interested Directors.
<PAGE>
No contract or transaction between the Corporation and one or more of its 
directors or officers, or between the Corporation and any other 
corporation, partnership, association, or other organization in which one 
or more of its directors or officers are directors or officers, or have a 
financial interest, shall be void or voidable solely for this reason, or 
solely because the director or officer is present at or participates in the 
meeting of the board of directors or committee thereof which authorizes the 
contract or transaction, or solely because his or their votes are counted 
for such purpose, if (i) the material facts as to his or their relationship 
or interest and as to the contract or transaction are disclosed or are 
known to the board of directors or the committee, and the board of 
directors or committee in good faith authorizes the contract or transaction 
by the affirmative votes of a majority of the disinterested directors, even 
though the disinterested directors be less than a quorum; or (ii) the 
material facts as to his or their relationship or interest and as to the 
contract or transaction are disclosed or are known to the stockholders 
entitled to vote thereon, and the contract or transaction is specifically 
approved in good faith by vote of the stockholders; or (iii) the contract 
or transaction is fair as to the Corporation as of the time it is 
authorized, approved or ratified, by the board of directors, a committee 
thereof or the stockholders.  Common or interested directors may be counted 
in determining the presence of a quorum at a meeting of the board of 
directors or of a committee which authorizes the contract or transaction.

      10.  Corporate Books.

The directors may keep the books of the Corporation, except such as are 
required by law to be kept within the state, outside of the State of 
Delaware at such place or places as they may from time to time determine.

      11.  Presumption of Assent.

A director of the Corporation who is present at a meeting of the board of 
directors at which action on any Corporation matter is taken shall be 
presumed to have assented to the action taken unless his dissent or 
abstention shall be entered in the minutes of the meeting or unless he 
shall file his written dissent to such action with the person acting as the 
secretary of the meeting before the adjournment thereof or shall forward 
such dissent by registered mail to the secretary of the Corporation within 
five days after the date he receives a copy of the minutes of the meeting. 
Such right to dissent shall not apply to a director who voted in favor of 
such action.

      12.  Resignation.
<PAGE>
Any director may resign at any time by sending a written notice of such 
resignation to the home office of the Corporation addressed to the chairman 
of the board or the president.  Unless otherwise specified therein such 
resignation shall take effect upon receipt thereof by the chairman of the 
board or the president.  More than three consecutive absences from regular 
meetings of the board of directors, unless excused by resolution of the 
board, shall automatically constitute a resignation, effective when such 
resignation is accepted by the board of directors.

      13.  Nominating Committee.

The board of directors shall act as a nominating committee for selecting 
the management nominees for election as directors.  Except in the case of a 
nominee substituted as a result of the death or other incapacity of a 
management nominee, the nominating committee shall deliver written 
nominations to the secretary at least twenty days prior to the date of the 
annual meeting.  Provided such committee makes such nominations, no 
nominations for directors except those made by the nominating committee 
shall be voted upon at the annual meeting unless other nominations by 
stockholders are made in writing and delivered to the secretary of the 
Corporation at least fifteen days prior to the date of the annual meeting. 
Ballots bearing the names of all the persons nominated by the nominating 
committee and by stockholders shall be provided for use at the annual 
meeting.  If the nominating committee shall fail or refuse to act at least 
twenty days prior to the annual meeting, nominations for directors may be 
made at the annual meeting by any stockholder entitled to vote and shall be 
voted upon.

      14.  Age Limitation - Directors.

Article III - Section 14.  Age Limitation - Directors.  No person shall be 
eligible for election, re-election, appointment, or reappointment to the 
board of directors if such person is then more than 70 years of age.  No 
director shall serve beyond the annual meeting of the corporation 
immediately following his attainment of 70 years of age; except that any 
such director serving on January 31, 1984 may complete the unexpired 
portion of his term being served on such date.  This limitation shall not 
apply to a person serving as an advisory director of the corporation.



IV.  EXECUTIVE AND OTHER COMMITTEES

     1.  Appointment.

The board of directors, by resolution adopted by a majority of the full 
board, may designate the chief executive officer and two or more of the 
<PAGE>
other directors to constitute an executive committee.  The designation of 
any committee pursuant to this Article IV and the delegation of authority 
thereto shall not operate to relieve the board of directors, or any 
director, of any responsibility imposed by law or regulation.

     2.  Authority.

The executive committee, when the board of directors is not in session, 
shall have and may exercise all the powers and authority of the board of 
directors in the management of the business and affairs of the Corporation, 
and may authorize the seal of the Corporation to be affixed to all papers 
which may require it, except to the extent, if any, that such powers and 
authority shall be limited by the resolution appointing the executive 
committee; and except also that the executive committee shall not have the 
power or authority of the board of directors with reference to amending the 
Certificate of Incorporation; adopting an agreement of merger or 
consolidation; recommending to the stockholders the sale, lease or exchange 
of all or substantially all of the Corporation's property and assets; 
recommending to the stockholders a dissolution of the Corporation or a 
revocation of a dissolution; amending the by-laws of the Corporation; or 
approving a transaction in which any member of the executive committee, 
directly or indirectly, has any material beneficial interest; and unless 
the resolution or by-laws expressly so provide, the executive committee 
shall not have the power or authority to declare a dividend or to authorize 
the issuance of stock.

     3.  Tenure.

Subject to the provisions of Section 8 of this Article IV, each member of 
the executive committee shall hold office until the next annual regular 
meeting of the board of directors following his designation and until his 
successor is designated as a member of the executive committee.

     4.  Meetings.

Regular meetings of the executive committee may be held without notice at 
such times and places as the executive committee may fix from time to time 
by resolution.  Special meetings of the executive committee may be called 
by any member thereof upon not less than one day's notice stating the 
place, date and hour of the meeting, which notice may be written or oral.  
Any members of the executive committee may waive notice of any meeting and 
no notice of any meeting need be given to any member thereof who attends in 
person.  The notice of a meeting of the executive committee need not state 
the business proposed to be transacted at the meeting.

     5.  Quorum.
<PAGE>
A majority of the members of the executive committee shall constitute a 
quorum for the transaction of business at any meeting thereof, and action 
of the executive committee must be authorized by the affirmative vote of a 
majority of the members present at a meeting at which a quorum is present.

     6.  Action Without a Meeting.

Any action required or permitted to be taken by the executive committee at 
a meeting may be taken without a meeting if a consent in writing, setting 
forth the action so taken, shall be signed by all of the members of the 
executive committee.

     7.  Vacancies.

Any vacancy in the executive committee may be filled by a resolution 
adopted by a majority of the full board of directors.

     8.  Resignations and Removal.

Any member of the executive committee may be removed at any time with or 
without cause by resolution adopted by a majority of the full board of 
directors.  Any members of the executive committee may resign from the 
executive committee at any time by giving written notice to the president 
or secretary of the Corporation. Unless otherwise specified therein, such 
resignation shall take effect upon receipt.  The acceptance of such 
resignation shall not be necessary to make it effective.

     9.  Procedure.

The executive committee shall elect a presiding officer from its members 
and may fix its own rules of procedure which shall not be inconsistent with 
these by-laws.  It shall keep regular minutes of its proceedings and report 
the same to the board of directors for its information at the meeting 
thereof held next after the proceedings shall have been taken.

     10.  Other Committees.

The board of directors may by resolution establish an audit committee, a 
loan committee or other committees composed of directors as they may 
determine to be necessary or appropriate for the conduct of the business of 
the Corporation and may prescribe the duties, constitution and procedures 
thereof.



V.  OFFICERS
<PAGE>
    1.  General.

The officers of the Corporation shall be chosen by the board of directors 
and shall be a president, a secretary and a treasurer. The chairman of the 
board may also be designated as an officer.  The board of directors may 
designate one or more vice-presidents, assistant secretaries, assistant 
treasurers and other officers.  The offices of secretary and treasurer may 
be held by the same person and a vice-president may also be either the 
secretary or the treasurer.  The officers of the Corporation need not be 
either stockholders or directors of the Corporation.

    2.  Election.

The board of directors at its first meeting held after the annual meeting 
of stockholders shall elect annually the officers of the Corporation who 
shall exercise such powers and perform such duties as shall be set forth in 
these by-laws and as determined from time to time by the board of 
directors; and all officers of the Corporation shall hold office until 
their successors are chosen and qualified, or until their earlier 
resignation or removal.  Any officer elected by the board of directors may 
be removed at any time by the affirmative vote of a majority of the board 
of directors.  Any vacancy occurring in any office of the Corporation shall 
be filled by the board of directors.  The salaries of all officers of the 
Corporation shall be fixed by the board of directors.
<PAGE>
    3.  Removal.

Any officer may be removed by the board of directors whenever in its 
judgment the best interests of the Corporation will be served thereby, but 
such removal, other than for cause, shall be without prejudice to the 
contract rights, if any, of the person so removed.

    4.  Voting Securities Owned by the Corporation.

Powers of attorney, proxies, waivers of notice of meeting, consents and 
other instruments relating to securities owned by the Corporation may be 
executed in the name of and on behalf of the Corporation by the president 
or any vice-president, and any such officer may, in the name of and on 
behalf of the Corporation, take all such action as any such officer may 
deem advisable to vote in person or by proxy at any meeting of security 
holders of any corporation which the Corporation may own securities and at 
any such meeting shall possess and may exercise any and all rights and 
power incident to the ownership of such securities and which, as the owner 
thereof, the Corporation might have exercised and possessed if present.  
The board of directors may, by resolution, from time to time confer like 
powers upon any other person or persons.

    5.  President.

The president shall be a director of the Corporation.  The president or the 
chairman of the board, as designated by the board of directors, shall be 
the chief executive officer.  The president shall, subject to the control 
of the board of directors, have general supervision of the business of the 
Corporation and shall see that all orders and resolutions of the board of 
directors are carried into effect.  He shall execute all bonds, mortgages, 
contracts and other instruments of the Corporation requiring a seal, under 
the seal of the Corporation, except where required or permitted by law to 
be otherwise signed and executed and except that the other officers of the 
Corporation may sign and execute documents when so authorized by these 
by-laws, the board of directors or the president.  If so designated by the 
board of directors, the president shall preside at the annual meetings and 
special meetings of the stockholders.  The president shall also perform 
such other duties and may exercise such other powers as from time to time 
assigned to him by these by-laws or by the board of directors.

    6.  Vice-Presidents.

At the request of the president or in his absence or in the event of his 
inability or refusal to act, the vice-president or the vice-presidents if 
there is more than one (in the order designated by the board of directors) 
<PAGE>
shall perform the duties of the president, and when so acting, shall have 
all the powers and be subject to all the restrictions upon the president.  
Each vice-president shall perform such other duties and have such other 
powers as the board of directors from time to time may prescribe.  The 
board of directors may designate one or more vice-presidents as executive 
vice-president or senior vice-president.  If there be no vice-president, 
the board of directors shall designate the officer of the Corporation who, 
in the absence of the president or in the event of the inability or refusal 
of the president to act, shall perform the duties of the president, and 
when so acting, shall have all the powers of and be subject to all the 
restrictions upon the president.

    7.  Secretary.

The secretary shall attend all meetings of the board of directors and all 
meetings of stockholders and record all the proceedings thereat in a book 
or books to be kept for that purpose; the secretary shall also perform like 
duties for the standing committees when required.  The secretary shall 
give, or cause to be given, notice of all meetings of the stockholders and 
special meetings of the board of directors, and shall perform such other 
duties as may be prescribed by the board of directors or president, under 
whose supervision he shall be.  If the secretary shall be unable or shall 
refuse to cause to be given notice of all meetings of the stockholders and 
special meetings of the board of directors, and if there be no assistant 
secretary, then either the board of directors or the president may choose 
another officer to cause such notice to be given.  The secretary shall have 
custody of the seal of the Corporation and the secretary or any assistant 
secretary, if there be one, shall have authority to affix the same to any 
instrument requiring it and when so affixed, it may be attested by the 
signature of the secretary or by the signature of any such assistant 
secretary. The board of directors may give general authority to any other 
officer to affix the seal of the Corporation and to attest the affixing by 
his signature.  The secretary shall see that all books, reports, 
statements, certificates and other documents and records required by law to 
be kept or filed are properly kept or filed, as the case may be.

    8.  Treasurer.

The treasurer shall have the custody of the corporate funds and securities 
and shall keep full and accurate accounts of receipts and disbursements in 
books belonging to the Corporation and shall deposit all moneys and other 
valuable effects in the name and to the credit of the Corporation in such 
depositories as may be designated by the board of directors.  The treasurer 
<PAGE>
shall disburse the funds of the Corporation as may be ordered by the board 
of directors, taking proper vouchers for such disbursements, and shall 
render to the president and the board of directors, at its regular 
meetings, or when the board of directors so requires, an account of all his 
transactions as treasurer and of the financial condition of the 
Corporation.  If required by the board of directors, the treasurer shall 
give the Corporation a bond in such sum and with such surety or sureties as 
shall be satisfactory to the board of directors for the faithful 
performance of the duties of his office and for the restoration to the 
Corporation, in case of his death, resignation, retirement or removal from 
office, of all books, papers, vouchers, money and other property of 
whatever kind in his possession or under his control belonging to the 
Corporation.

    9.  Assistant Secretaries.

Except as may be otherwise provided in these by-laws, assistant 
secretaries, if there be any, shall perform such duties and have such 
powers as from time to time may be assigned to them by the board of 
directors, the president, any vice-president, if there be one, or the 
secretary, and in the absence of the secretary or in the event of his 
disability or refusal to act, shall perform the duties of the secretary, 
and when so acting, shall have all the powers of and be subject to all the 
restrictions upon the secretary.

    10.  Assistant Treasurers.

Assistant treasurers, if there be any, shall perform such duties and have 
such powers as from time to time may be assigned to them by the board of 
directors, the president, any vice-president, if there be one, or the 
treasurer, and in the absence of the treasurer, and when so acting, shall 
have all the powers of and be subject to all the restrictions upon the 
treasurer.  If required by the board of directors, an assistant treasurer 
shall give the Corporation a bond in such sum and with such surety or 
sureties as shall be satisfactory to the board of directors for the 
faithful performance of the duties of his office and for the restoration to 
the Corporation, in case of his death, resignation, retirement or removal 
from office, of all books, papers, vouchers, money and other property of 
whatever kind in his possession or under his control belonging to the 
Corporation.

    11.  Other Officers.

Such other officers as the board of directors may choose shall perform such 
duties and have such powers as from time to time may be assigned to them by 
the board of directors.  The board of directors may delegate to any other 
officer of the Corporation the power to choose such other officers and to 
prescribe their respective duties and powers.

    12.  Age Limitation - Officers.
<PAGE>
No person shall be eligible for election, reelection, appointment, or 
reappointment as an officer of the corporation if such person is then more 
than 70 years of age.  No officer shall serve beyond the annual meeting of 
the corporation immediately following this attainment of 70 years of age; 
except that any such officer serving on January 31, 1984 may complete the 
unexpired portion of his term being served on such date.  . . . However, an 
officer shall, at the option of the Board, retire at age 65 if the officer 
has served in an executive or high policy-making post for at least two 
years immediately prior to retirement and is immediately entitled to 
nonforfeitable annual retirement benefits of at least $44,000 per year.



VI.  STOCK

     1.  Form of Certificates.

Every holder of stock in the Corporation shall be entitled to have a 
certificate signed, in the name of the Corporation (i) by the chairman of 
the board of directors, the president or a vice-president and (ii) by the 
treasurer or an assistant treasurer, or the secretary or an assistant 
secretary of the Corporation, certifying the number of shares owned by him 
in the Corporation.

     2.  Signatures.

Where a certificate is countersigned by (i) a transfer agent other than the 
Corporation or its employee, or (ii) a registrar other than the Corporation 
or its employee, any other signature on the certificate may be a facsimile. 
 In case any officer whose facsimile signature has been placed upon a 
certificate shall have ceased to be such officer before such certificate is 
issued it may be issued by the Corporation with the same effect as if he 
were such officer at the date of issue.

     3.  Lost Certificates.

The board of directors may direct a new certificate to be issued in place 
of any certificate theretofore issued by the Corporation alleged to have 
been lost, stolen or destroyed, upon the making of an affidavit of that 
fact by the person claiming the certificate of stock to be lost, stolen or 
destroyed.  When authorizing such issue of a new certificate, the board of 
directors may, in its discretion and as a condition precedent to the 
issuance thereof, require the owner of such lost, stolen or destroyed 
certificate, or his legal representative, to advertise the same in such 
manner as the board of directors shall require and/or to give the 
<PAGE>
Corporation a bond in such sum as it may direct as indemnity against any 
claim that may be made against the Corporation with respect to the 
certificate alleged to have been lost, stolen or destroyed.

     4.  Transfers.

Stock of the Corporation shall be transferable in the manner prescribed by 
law and in these by-laws.  Transfers of stock shall be made on the books of 
the Corporation only by the person named in the certificate or by his 
attorney lawfully constituted in writing and upon the surrender of the 
certificate therefor, which shall be cancelled before a new certificate 
shall be issued.

     5.  Record Date.

"In order that the Corporation may determine the stockholders entitled to 
notice of or to vote at any meeting of stockholders or any adjournment 
thereof, or entitled to receive payment of any dividend or other 
distribution or allotment of any rights, or entitled to exercise any rights 
in respect of any change, conversion or exchange of stock, or for the 
purpose of any other lawful action, the board of directors may fix, in 
advance, a record date, which shall not be more than sixty days nor less 
than ten days before the date of such meeting, nor more than sixty days 
prior to any other action."

     6.  Beneficial Owners.

The Corporation shall be entitled to recognize the exclusive right of a 
person registered on its books as the owner of shares to receive dividends, 
and to vote as such owner, and to hold liable for calls and assessments a 
person registered on its books as the owner of shares, and shall not be 
bound to recognize any equitable or other claim to or interest in such 
share or shares on the part of any other person, whether or not it shall 
have express or other notice thereof, except as otherwise provided by law.



VII.  NOTICES

      1.  Notices.

Whenever written notice is required by law, the Certificate of 
Incorporation or these by-laws, to be given to any director, member of a 
committee or stockholder, such notice may be given by mail, addressed to 
such director, member of a committee or stockholder, at his address as it 
appears on the records of the Corporation, with postage thereon prepaid, 
and such notice shall be deemed to be given at the time when the same shall 
<PAGE>
be deposited in the United States mail. Written notice may also be given 
personally or by telegram, telex or cable.

      2.  Waivers of Notice.

Whenever any notice is required by law, the Certificate of Incorporation or 
these by-laws, to be given to any director, member of a committee or 
stockholder, a waiver thereof in writing, signed by the person or persons 
entitled to said notice, whether before or after the time stated therein, 
shall be deemed equivalent thereto.




VIII.  GENERAL PROVISIONS

       1.  Dividends.

Dividends upon the capital stock of the Corporation, subject to the 
provisions of the Certificate of Incorporation if any, may be declared by 
the board of directors at any regular or special meeting, and may be paid 
in cash, in property, or in shares of the capital stock.

       2.  Disbursements.

All checks or demands for money and notes of the Corporation shall be 
signed by such officer or officers or such other person or persons as the 
board of directors may from time to time designate.

       3.  Fiscal Year.

The fiscal year of the Corporation shall be fixed by resolution of the 
board of directors.

       4.  Corporate Seal.

The corporate seal shall have inscribed thereon the name of the 
Corporation, the year of its organization and the words "Corporate Seal, 
Delaware".  The seal may be used by causing it or  a facsimile thereof to 
be impressed or affixed or reproduced or otherwise.



IX.  AMENDMENTS


     1.  These by-laws may be altered, amended or repealed, in whole or in 
part, or new by-laws may be adopted by the stockholders or by the board of 
directors, provided, however, that notice of such alteration, amendment, 
repeal or adoption of new by-laws be contained in the notice of such 
<PAGE>
meeting of stockholders or board of directors as the case may be.  All such 
amendments must be approved by either the holders of at least 75 percent of 
the outstanding capital stock entitled to vote thereon or by at least 
two-thirds of the entire board of directors then in office.

     2.  Entire Board of Directors.

As used in this Article IX and in these by-laws generally, the term "entire 
board of directors" means the total number of directors which the 
Corporation would have if there were no vacancies.


  


<PAGE>
                      METROPOLITAN FINANCIAL CORPORATION
                          DIRECTORS' RETIREMENT PLAN



1.  Description
    ___________

    1)  Name.  The name of the Plan is the "Metropolitan Financial 
Corporation Directors' Retirement Plan."

    2)  Purpose.  The purpose of the Plan is to advance the interests of 
the Company and its stockholders by assisting the Company in attracting 
and retaining Directors of outstanding ability through payment of 
benefits to eligible Directors for a period after they cease to be 
Directors equal to their Period of Service on the Board.

    3)  Type.  Benefits under the Plan relate solely to service 
performed by a Director as a Director and compensation for such service 
and not to status as an officer or employee of the Company or any 
Affiliate.  To the extent ERISA is applicable to the Plan, the Plan is 
an unfunded plan maintained primarily for the purpose of providing 
deferred compensation for a select group of management or highly 
compensated employees and, as such, is intended to be exempt from the 
provisions of Parts 2, 3 and 4 of Subtitle B of Title I of ERISA by 
operation of sections 201(2), 302(a)(3) and 401(a)(4) thereof, 
respectively, and from the provisions of Title IV of ERISA by operation 
of section 4021(b)(6) thereof.  The Plan will be construed and 
administered in a manner that is consistent with and gives effect to 
such intent.



2.  Definitions, Construction and Interpretations
    _____________________________________________

The definitions and rules of construction and interpretation set forth 
in this article apply in construing the Plan unless the context 
otherwise requires.

    1)  Affiliate.  "Affiliate" is:

        (a)  any corporation at least a majority of whose securities 
having ordinary voting power for the election of directors is owned 
directly or indirectly by the Company; or

        (b)  any other form of business entity in which the Company, by 
virtue of a direct or indirect ownership interest, has the right to 
elect a majority of the members of such entity's governing body.

    2)  Annual Retainer.  "Annual Retainer" is the annual base cash fee 
payable by the Company to a non-employee Director for service as a 
Director, plus any other elements of compensation payable to a Director 
for service as a Director (including service on any committee of the 
Board) specified in a written resolution adopted by the Board, 
determined in each case without regard to any deferral election by a 
Director.

    3)  Board.  "Board" is the Board of Directors of the Company.
<PAGE>
    4)  Change in Control.

        (A)  "Change in Control" is any of the following:

             (1)  the sale, lease, exchange or other transfer, directly 
or indirectly, of all or substantially all of the assets of the Company, 
in one transaction or in a series of related transactions, to any 
person;
 
             (2)  the approval by the stockholders of the Company of 
any plan or proposal for the liquidation or dissolution of the Company;

             (3)  any person is or becomes the beneficial owner (as 
defined in Rule 13d-3 under the Exchange Act), directly or indirectly, 
of (a) 20 percent or more, but not more than 50 percent, of the combined 
voting power of the Company's outstanding securities ordinarily having 
the right to vote at elections of directors, unless the transaction 
resulting in such ownership has been approved in advance by the 
continuity directors or (b) more than 50 percent of the combined voting 
power of the Company's outstanding securities ordinarily having the 
right to vote at elections of directors (regardless of any approval by 
the continuity directors);

            (4)  a merger or consolidation to which the Company is a 
party if the stockholders of the Company immediately prior to the 
effective date of such merger or consolidation have beneficial ownership 
(as defined in Rule 13d-3 under the Exchange Act) immediately following 
the effective date of such merger or consolidation of securities of the 
surviving company representing (a) 50 percent or more, but not more than 
80 percent, of the combined voting power of the surviving corporation's 
then outstanding securities ordinarily having the right to vote at 
elections of directors, unless such merger or consolidation has been 
approved in advance by the continuity directors, or (b) less than 50 
percent of the combined voting power of the surviving corporation's then 
outstanding securities ordinarily having the right to vote at elections 
of directors (regardless of any approval by the continuity directors);

            (5)  the continuity directors cease for any reason to 
constitute at least a majority of the Board; or

            (6)  a change in control of a nature that is determined by 
outside legal counsel to the Company to be required to be reported 
(assuming such event has not been "previously reported") pursuant to 
section 13 or 15(d) of the Exchange Act, whether or not the Company is 
then subject to such reporting requirement.

         (B)  For purposes of this section:

              (1)  a "continuity director" means any individual who is 
a member of the Board on the Effective Date while he or she is a member 
of the Board, and any individual who subsequently becomes a member of 
<PAGE>
the Board whose election or nomination for election by the Company's 
stockholders was approved by a vote of at least a majority of the 
directors who are continuity directors (either by a specific vote or by 
approval of the proxy statement of the Company in which such individual 
is named as a nominee for director without objection to such 
nomination);

              (2)  "Exchange Act" is the Securities Exchange Act of 
1934, as amended from time to time; and

              (3)  "person" includes any individual, corporation, 
partnership, group, association or other "person," as such term is 
defined in section 14(d) of the Exchange Act, other than (a) the 
Company; (b) any Affiliate; or (c) any benefit plan sponsored by the 
Company or an Affiliate.

    5)  Code.  "Code" is the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended from 
time to time.

    6)  Company. "Company" is Metropolitan Financial Corporation.

    7)  Cross References.  References within a section of the Plan to a 
particular subsection refer to that subsection within the same section 
and references within a section or subsection to a particular clause 
refer to that clause within the same section or subsection, as the case 
may be.

    8)  Director.  "Director" is an individual who (a) is a member of 
the Board pursuant to Section 6 of the Company's Restated Certificate of 
Incorporation or any successor provision of the Restated Certificate of 
Incorporation, as it may be amended from time to time, and (b) was not, 
on the Effective Date, both a member of the Board and an employee of the 
Company.

    9)  Effective Date.  "Effective Date" is defined in Section 4.1.

    10)  ERISA.  "ERISA" is the Employee Retirement Income Security Act 
of 1974, as amended from time to time.

    11)  Governing Law.  To the extent that state law is not preempted 
by the provisions of ERISA or any other laws of the United States, all 
questions pertaining to the construction, validity, effect and 
enforcement of the Plan will be determined in accordance with the 
internal, substantive laws of the State of Minnesota without regard to 
the conflict of laws rules of the State of Minnesota or of any other 
jurisdiction

    12)  Headings.  The headings of articles and sections are included 
solely for convenience of reference; if there is a conflict between the 
headings and the text of the Plan, the text controls.

    13)  Number and Gender.  Wherever appropriate, the singular number 
may be read as the plural, the plural may be read as the singular, and 
one gender may be read as the other gender.

    14)  Period of Service.
<PAGE>
         (A)  "Period of Service" with respect to a Director is, subject 
to Subsections (B) and (C), the sum of:

              (1)  the total number of complete calendar months, before 
and after the Effective Date, during which he or she was a Director and 
was not an employee of the Company or any Affiliate, plus 

              (2)  the total number of complete calendar months prior to 
March 1, 1985 during which he or she was a director of Metropolitan 
Federal Bank, fsb, Metropolitan Federal Savings and Loan Association of 
Fargo, Metropolitan Savings and Loan Association or Metropolitan 
Building and Loan Association (a "Predecessor") and was not an employee 
of the Predecessor or any entity that would be an Affiliate if 
"Predecessor" were substituted for "Company" in Section 2.1 (a 
"Predecessor Affiliate").  

         (B)  The Period of Service with respect to a Director who was a 
Director on the Effective Date is, subject to Subsection (C), the total 
number of complete calendar months, before and after the Effective Date, 
during which he or she was a Director or a director of a Predecessor, 
including such months during which he or she was employed by the 
Company, an Affiliate, a Predecessor or a Predecessor Affiliate.

         (C)  A Director's Period of Service does not include any 
service on the board of directors of any entity acquired by either the 
Company, an Affiliate, a Predecessor or a Predecessor Affiliate or any 
service on the Board after a Change in Control.

    15)  Plan.  "Plan" is the Metropolitan Financial Corporation 
Directors' Retirement Plan set forth in this instrument, as it may be 
amended from time to time.



3.  Benefits
    ________

    1)  Eligibility.  A Director will become eligible to receive a 
benefit under the Plan upon the earlier to occur of:

       (a)  his or her ceasing to be a Director after the Effective 
Date, other than due to his or her death or removal for cause, following

            (1)  his or her completion of a Period of Service of at 
least 60 complete calendar months, or

            (2)  the date of the annual meeting of the stockholders of 
the Company that is the fifth annual meeting after the annual meeting at 
which he or she was elected to the Board if he or she has served on the 
Board continuously since such election; or

       (b)  a Change in Control after the Effective Date.
<PAGE>
    2.  Benefit.

    (A)  Amount.  Except as otherwise expressly provided in the Plan, a 
Director or former Director who becomes eligible to receive a benefit 
pursuant to Section 3.1 will receive a monthly cash benefit equal to 
one-twelfth of the Annual Retainer at the rate in effect immediately 
prior to the date on which he or she becomes eligible for the benefit.

    (B)  Period.  Except as otherwise expressly provided in the Plan, 
the benefit will begin on a date, selected by the Company, during the 
first month following the month in which the Director or former Director 
becomes eligible for the benefit and will continue to be paid on or 
around the same date during each of the following months until the 
number of months during which the benefit has been paid equals the 
number of complete calendar months within his or her Period of Service.

    (C)  Change in Control.

         (1)  Basic Payment.  Notwithstanding Subsections (A) and (B), 
if a Director becomes eligible to receive a benefit upon the occurrence 
of a Change in Control pursuant to clause (b) of Section 3.1 or upon the 
occurrence of a Change in Control during the period described in 
Subsection (B) with respect to a former Director, the benefit, or the 
remainder of the benefit, will be paid to the Director or former 
Director in a single lump sum cash payment not later than ten days after 
the occurrence of the Change in Control.  The amount of the payment will 
be equal to the present value of the monthly benefit to which the 
Director or former Director would otherwise be entitled, determined by 
applying the same actuarial factors that would then be used to determine 
a lump sum benefit of $3500 or less under the Metropolitan Federal Bank 
Employees' Pension Plan (or any successor thereto) as then in effect.

         (2)  Gross-Up Payment.  Following a Change in Control, the 
Company will cause its independent auditors promptly to review, at the 
Company's sole expense, the applicability of the excise tax pursuant to 
Code section 4999 to payments pursuant to the Plan.  If the auditors 
determine that any payment or distribution of any type by the Company or 
an Affiliate to or for the benefit of a Director or former Director, 
whether paid or payable or distributed or distributable pursuant to the 
terms of the Plan or otherwise (the "Total Payments"), would be subject 
to the excise tax under Code section 4999 or any comparable tax under 
state or local law, or any interest or penalties with respect to such 
excise tax (such excise tax, together with any such interest and 
penalties, are collectively referred to as the "Excise Tax"), in 
addition to the payment described in clause (1), the Company will make a 
cash payment (a "Gross-Up Payment") to the Director or former Director 
within ten days after such determination equal to an amount such that 
after payment by the Director or former Director of all taxes (including 
any interest or penalties imposed with respect to such taxes), including 
any Excise Tax, imposed upon the Gross-Up Payment, the Director or 
former Director would retain an amount of the Gross-Up Payment equal to 
the Excise Tax imposed upon the Total Payments.  For purposes of the 
foregoing determination, the Director's or former Director's tax rate 
will be deemed to be the highest statutory marginal state and federal 
tax rate (on a combined basis) then in effect.  If no determination by 
the Company's auditors is made prior to the time a tax return reflecting 
the Total Payments is required to be filed by the Director or former 
Director, he or she will be entitled to receive from the Company a 
Gross-Up Payment calculated on the basis of the Total Payments he or she 
reported on such tax return, within ten days after the later of the 
filing of such tax return or the Company's receipt of a copy of the 
return.  In all events, if any tax authority determines that a greater 
Excise Tax should be imposed upon the Total Payments than is determined 
by the Company's independent auditors or reflected on the Director's or 
<PAGE>
former Director's tax return pursuant to this clause (2), the Director 
or former Director is entitled to receive from the Company the full 
Gross-Up Payment calculated on the basis of the amount of Excise Tax 
determined to be payable by such tax authority within ten days after the 
Company's receipt of a copy of such determination.  If the Director or 
former Director is entitled to any payment under any other plan or 
policy of or agreement with the Company or an Affiliate and such plan, 
policy or agreement provides for a gross-up payment with respect to 
Excise Tax, the Company will coordinate payment under this clause (2) 
and the other gross-up provision solely to the extent necessary to avoid 
double payment.

    3.  Nondeductibility.  If the Company determines in good faith prior 
to a Change in Control that there is a reasonable likelihood that any 
compensation paid to a Director or former Director for a taxable year of 
the Company would not be deductible by the Company solely by reason of 
the limitation under Code section 162(m), solely to the extent deemed 
necessary by the Company to ensure that the entire amount of any payment 
to the Director or former Director pursuant to the Plan prior to the 
Change in Control is deductible, the Company may defer all or any 
portion of the payment.  Upon the occurrence of a Change in Control, the 
aggregate amount of payments deferred pursuant to this Section 3.3 will 
be added to the amount of the lump sum payment made to the Director or 
former Director pursuant to Section 3.2(C).

    4.  Death Benefits.  If a former Director dies before the end of the 
period described in Section 3.2(B), his or her benefits will be paid 
through the month during which his or her death occurs and no further 
benefits will be payable under the Plan with respect to the former 
Director to any person.  If a Director or former Director dies after the 
occurrence of a Change in Control but before receiving the lump sum 
payment to which he or she is entitled pursuant to Section 3.2(C), the 
payment will be made to his or her estate not later than the date on 
which it was required to have been made to the former Director and no 
further benefits will be payable under the Plan with respect to the 
former Director to any person.  Except as provided in this Section 3.4, 
no benefits will be payable with respect to a former Director after his 
or her death.

    5.  Termination of Benefits.  No further benefits will be payable 
under the Plan to any former Director following the date, prior to a 
Change in Control, on which the Board determines that the former 
Director has: (a) acted as a director, officer, stockholder or employee 
of or consultant to any bank, savings and loan association, credit union 
or similar thrift, savings bank or institution within a 100-mile radius 
of any branch of any insured depository institution owned, directly or 
indirectly, by the Company as of the date the former Director began to 
receive benefits under the Plan (unless the former Director was acting 
in such capacity while he or she was a Director with the written 
approval of the Board); or (b) alone or as a partner, director, officer, 
stockholder or employee of or consultant to any entity, solicited or 
attempted to solicit, directly or indirectly, (i) any employee of the 
<PAGE>
Company or an Affiliate to terminate his or her employment relationship 
with the Company or Affiliate, or (ii) any savings and loan, banking or 
other business in which the Company or any Affiliate was engaged as of 
the date the former Director began to receive benefits under the Plan 
from any individual or entity that is or was a client, employee or 
customer of the Company or an Affiliate.  For purposes of this Section 
3.5, a former Director will not be considered to be a "stockholder" if 
he or she owns, directly and indirectly, less than five percent of the 
combined voting power of a corporation's outstanding equity securities 
which are traded on a nationally recognized securities exchange or on 
the NASDAQ National Market System.

    6.  Suspension.  If a former Director who is receiving benefits 
under the Plan pursuant to Section 3.1(a) again becomes a Director, 
payment of his or her benefits will be suspended until he or she again 
becomes eligible to receive a benefit pursuant to Section 3.1.  The 
amount of the monthly benefit following resumption will be equal to one-
twelfth of the Annual Retainer at the rate in effect immediately prior 
to the date on which he or she again becomes eligible to receive the 
benefit.  The benefits will be payable for a period equal to the number 
of complete calendar months within his or her Period of Service, reduced 
by the number of months during which benefits were paid prior to his or 
her again becoming a Director.

7.  Facility of Payment.  If the Company determines that a Director or 
former Director entitled to benefits under the Plan is under legal 
disability or is otherwise unable to receive or acknowledge receipt of 
any benefit payment, the Company may pay the benefit to his or her 
spouse, parent or adult child or to any other person whom the Company 
determines to have assumed responsibility for the Director's or former 
Director's financial affairs.  The Company is not required to see to the 
proper application of any such payment and the payment completely 
discharges all claims under the Plan to the extent of the payment.



4.  Establishment, Amendment and Termination
    ________________________________________

    1.  Effective Date.  The Plan will become effective upon its 
approval by the stockholders of the Company at the annual meeting to be 
held on May 4, 1994.  No Director will acquire any rights under the Plan 
until the Plan has been so approved.

    2.  Applicability to Certain Former Directors.  The Plan does not 
apply to any former Director who ceased to be a Director before the 
Effective Date unless he or she (a) again becomes a Director on or after 
the Effective Date, (b) otherwise becomes eligible to receive a benefit 
under the Plan and (c) is not eligible to receive similar benefits with 
respect to his or her service as a Director or an emeritus director 
under any other plan or policy of, or agreement with, the Company or an 
Affiliate.

    3.  Amendment.  Subject to Section 4.5, the Company reserves the 
right to amend the Plan at any time to any extent that it deems 
advisable.  Each amendment must be stated in a written instrument 
approved by the Board or any committee or individual authorized to act 
on the Board's behalf.
<PAGE>
    4.  Termination.

    (A)  Subject to Section 4.5, the Company reserves the right to 
terminate the Plan at any time prior to a Change in Control by 
resolution of the Board. In conjunction with the termination of the 
Plan, any benefits that are otherwise payable to any former Director 
will, subject to Section 3.3, be paid in the form of a single lump sum 
cash payment made on or as soon as administratively practicable after 
the effective date of the termination.  The amount of the lump sum 
payment will be determined in accordance with Section 3.2(C)(1).

    (B)  The Plan will terminate upon the payment of all benefits 
pursuant to Section 3.2(C) following the occurrence of a Change in 
Control.

    5.  Restrictions.

    (A)  Except as provided in Section 4.4(A), an amendment or 
termination of the Plan prior to a Change in Control may not decrease 
the amount or change the form or timing of the benefit payable to any 
former Director who, prior to the later of (1) the effective date of the 
amendment or termination or (2) the date of the written instrument or 
Board action, as the case may be, has become eligible to receive a 
benefit pursuant to clause (a) of Section 3.1.

    (B)  Upon the occurrence of a Change in Control, the Plan may not be 
amended without the written consent of each Director or former Director 
who could be affected by the amendment.


5.  Miscellaneous
    _____________

    1.  Administration.

        (A)  The Board has discretionary power and authority to 
interpret, construe, apply, enforce and otherwise administer the Plan 
and act on behalf of the Company.  The Board may delegate such power and 
authority to any individual or committee.  Any action taken in good 
faith by the Board or its delegates prior to a Change in Control is 
binding and conclusive on all interested parties.  No member of the 
Board will participate in any manner in any Board decision regarding his 
or her benefit.

        (B)  Any decision by the Board denying a claim by a Director or 
former Director for benefits under the Plan will be stated in writing 
and delivered or mailed to the Director or former Director.  Each such 
notice will set forth the specific reasons for the denial.  The Board 
will afford a reasonable opportunity to the Director or former Director 
for a full and fair review of the decision denying such claim.

        (C)  Any act or failure to act by the Company, the Board or its 
delegate or any waiver of any right or failure to enforce any provision 
of the Plan with respect to a Director or former Director is unique to 
that Director or former Director and in no way modifies or amends, or
<PAGE>
limits or impairs the rights of the Company or Board or its delegate 
to enforce, the terms of the Plan with respect to any other Director 
or former Director.

    2.  Disputes.

        (A)  Any dispute between the Company and a Director or former 
Director (or any person making a claim for a benefit on his or her 
behalf) regarding this Plan that is not satisfactorily resolved by 
negotiation will be resolved exclusively by arbitration, by a panel of 
three arbitrators, in accordance with the Commercial Arbitration Rules 
of the American Arbitration Association then in effect.  Any arbitration 
proceeding will be held in Minneapolis, Minnesota.

        (B)  In connection with any dispute arising before a Change in 
Control, the Director or former Director (or the person making the claim 
on his or her behalf) is responsible for paying any costs he or she 
incurs, including attorney's fees and legal expenses, and the Company is 
responsible for paying any costs it incurs, including attorney's fees 
and legal expenses.  In connection with any dispute arising after a 
Change in Control, the Company is responsible for paying all costs of 
both parties, including attorney's fees and expenses.

    3.  Source of Payment.  Benefits payable under the Plan will be paid 
only from the general assets of the Company.  No person has any right to 
or interest in any specific assets of the Company by reason of the Plan. 
 To the extent benefits under the Plan are not paid when due, the rights 
of the person to whom they are due to receive such benefits are no 
greater than the rights of any unsecured general creditor of the 
Company.

    4.  Non-assignability of Benefits.  The benefits payable under the 
Plan and the right to receive future benefits under the Plan may not be 
anticipated, alienated, sold, transferred, assigned, pledged, encumbered 
or subjected to any charge or legal process and any attempt to do so is 
void.  No rights or benefits under the Plan may in any manner be liable 
for or subject to the debts, contracts, liabilities, engagements or 
torts of any Director or former Director and, to the full extent 
permitted by law, the rights of any Director or former Director are not 
subject in any manner to attachment or other legal process for the 
Director's or former Director's obligations.

    5.  Withholding and Offsets.  The Company retains the right to 
withhold from any benefit payment under the Plan any and all income, 
employment, excise and other tax as the Company deems necessary and, 
prior to but not after a Change in Control, the Company may offset 
against amounts payable to a former Director under the Plan any amounts 
then owing to the Company or any Affiliate by the former Director.

    6.  Other Benefits.  Amounts paid pursuant to the Plan do not 
constitute salary or compensation for the purpose of computing benefits 
under any other benefit plan, practice, policy or procedure of the 
Company or any Affiliate unless otherwise expressly provided thereunder.

    7.  No Right to Continued Service.
<PAGE>
       (A)  Nothing in the Plan confers on any Director any right to 
continued service as a Director or limits the right of the Company, 
acting through the Board or otherwise, to terminate or otherwise modify 
in any manner the service of the Director or decrease, eliminate or 
change the form of payment of his or her compensation from the Company 
for service as a Director.

       (B)  With respect to any Director who is also an employee of the 
Company or any Affiliate, nothing in this Plan confers on the Director 
the right to continued employment or limits the right of the Company or 
Affiliate to discharge, transfer, demote, modify terms and conditions of 
employment or otherwise deal with the Director in his or her capacity as 
an employee.

    8.  Successors.  The Plan will be binding on and inure to the 
benefit of the successors of the Company and the Directors or former 
Directors.




<PAGE>
                    METROPOLITAN FINANCIAL CORPORATION

                        1993 STOCK INCENTIVE PLAN
                 (As amended effective February 22, 1994)

1.     Purpose of Plan.

The purpose of the Metropolitan Financial Corporation 1993 Stock 
Incentive Plan (the "Plan") is to advance the interests of Metropolitan 
Financial Corporation (the "Company") and its stockholders by enabling 
the Company and its Subsidiaries to attract and retain persons of 
ability to perform services for the Company and its Subsidiaries by 
providing an incentive to such individuals through equity participation 
in the Company and by rewarding such individuals who contribute to the 
achievement by the Company of its economic objectives.

2.     Definitions.

The following terms will have the meanings set forth below, unless the 
context clearly otherwise requires:

    1)  "Board" means the Board of Directors of the Company.

    2)  "Broker Exercise Notice" means a written notice pursuant to 
which a Participant, upon exercise of an Option, irrevocably instructs a 
broker or dealer to sell a sufficient number of shares or loan a 
sufficient amount of money to pay all or a portion of the exercise price 
of the Option and/or any related withholding tax obligations and remit 
such sums to the Company and directs the Company to deliver stock 
certificates to be issued upon such exercise directly to such broker or 
dealer.

     3)  "Change in Control" means an event described in Section 13.1 of 
the Plan.

     4)  "Code" means the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended.

     5)  "Committee" means the group of individuals administering the
plan, as provided in Section 3 of the Plan. 

     6)  "Common Stock" means the common stock of the Company, $.01 par,
value, or the number and kind of shares of stock or other securities 
into which such Common Stock may be changed in accordance with Section 
4.3 of the Plan. 

     7)  "Disability" means the disability of the Participant such as
would entitle the Participant to receive disability income benefits 
pursuant to the long-term disability plan of the Company or Subsidiary 
then covering the Participant or, if no such plan exists or is 
applicable to the Participant, the permanent and total disability of the 
Participant within the meaning of Section 22(e)(3) of the Code.

     8)  "Eligible Recipients" means all employees (including, without 
limitation, officers and directors who are also employees) of the 
Company or any Subsidiary and any non-employee consultants and 
independent contractors of the Company or any Subsidiary.

     9)  "Exchange Act" means the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as
amended.

     10)  "Fair Market Value" means, with respect to the Common Stock,
as of any date (or, if no shares were traded or quoted on such date, as 
of the next preceding date on which there was such a trade or quote), 
<PAGE>
the reported closing sale price per share of the Common Stock on the 
Composite Tape for the New York Stock Exchange.

     11)  "Incentive Award"  means an Option, Stock Appreciation Right, 
Restricted Stock Award, Performance Unit or Stock Bonus granted to an 
Eligible Recipient pursuant to the Plan.

     12)  "Incentive Stock Option" means a right to purchase Common
Stock granted to an Eligible Recipient pursuant to Section 6 of the Plan 
that qualifies as an "incentive stock option" within the meaning of 
Section 422 of the Code.

     13)  "Non-Statutory Stock Option" means a right to purchase Common
Stock granted to an Eligible Recipient pursuant to Section 6 of the Plan 
that does not qualify as an Incentive Stock Option.

     14)  "Option" means an Incentive Stock Option or a Non-Statutory
Stock Option.  

     15)  "Participant" means an Eligible Recipient who receives one or
more Incentive Awards under the Plan. 

     16)  "Performance Unit" means a right granted to an Eligible
Recipient pursuant to Section 9 of the Plan to receive a payment from 
the Company, in the form of stock, cash or a combination of both, upon 
the achievement of established performance goals.

     17)  "Previously Acquired Shares" means shares of Common Stock that
are already owned by the Participant which have been held by the 
Participant for at least six months or, with respect to any Incentive 
Award, that are to be issued upon the grant, exercise or vesting of such 
Incentive Award.

     18)  "Restricted Stock Award" means an award of Common Stock
granted to an Eligible Recipient pursuant to Section 8 of the Plan that 
is subject to the restrictions on transferability and the risk of 
forfeiture imposed by the provisions of such Section 8.

     19)  "Retirement" means normal or approved early termination of 
employment or service pursuant to and in accordance with the regular 
retirement/pension plan or practice of the Company or Subsidiary then 
covering the Participant, provided that if the Participant is not 
covered by any such plan or practice, the Participant will be deemed to 
be covered by the Company's plan or practice for purposes of this 
determination.

     20)  "Securities Act" means the Securities Act of 1933, as amended.

     21)  "Stock Appreciation Right" means a right granted to an
Eligible Recipient pursuant to Section 7 of the Plan to receive a 
payment from the Company, in the form of stock, cash or a combination of 
both, equal to the difference between the Fair Market Value of one or 
more shares of Common Stock and the exercise price of such shares under 
the terms of such Stock Appreciation Right.

     22)  "Stock Bonus" means an award of Common Stock granted to an
Eligible Recipient pursuant to Section 10 of the Plan.

     23)  "Subsidiary" means any entity that is directly or indirectly 
controlled by the Company or any entity in which the Company has a 
significant equity interest, as determined by the Committee.
<PAGE>
     24)  "Tax Date" means the date any withholding tax obligation
arises under the Code for a Participant with respect to an Incentive 
Award. 

3.  Plan Administration.

     1)  The Committee.  The Plan will be administered by a committee 
consisting solely of members of the Board who are disinterested persons 
within the meaning of Rule 16b-3 under the Exchange Act, as amended from 
time to time.  The number of members of the Committee shall be 
determined from time to time by the Board but in no event shall the 
number of members of the Committee be less than the greater of (a) the 
minimum number required in order to maintain the Plan's compliance with 
Rule 16b-3 under the Exchange Act, or (b) the minimum number of members 
of the Committee required, if any, in order to comply with any 
applicable rules, regulations or requirements of any securities 
exchange.  As used in the Plan, the term "Committee" will refer to the 
Board or to such a committee, if established.  To the extent consistent 
with corporate law, the Committee may delegate to any officers of the 
Company the duties, power and authority of the Committee under the Plan 
pursuant to such conditions or limitations as the Committee may 
establish; provided, however, that only the Committee may exercise such 
duties, power and authority with respect to Eligible Recipients who are 
subject to Section 16 of the Exchange Act.  Each determination, 
interpretation or other action made or taken by the Committee pursuant 
to the provisions of the Plan will be conclusive and binding for all 
purposes and on all persons, and no member of the Committee will be 
liable for any action or determination made in good faith with respect 
to the Plan or any Incentive Award granted under the Plan. 

     2)  Authority of the Committee.  

        (a)  In accordance with and subject to the provisions of the 
Plan, the Committee will have the authority to determine all provisions 
of Incentive Awards as the Committee may deem necessary or desirable and 
as consistent with the terms of the Plan, including, without limitation, 
the following: (i) the Eligible Recipients to be selected as 
Participants; (ii) the nature and extent of the Incentive Awards to be 
made to each Participant (including the number of shares of Common Stock 
to be subject to each Incentive Award, any exercise price, the manner in 
which Incentive Awards will vest or become exercisable and whether 
Incentive Awards will be granted in tandem with other Incentive Awards) 
and the form of written agreement, if any, evidencing such Incentive 
Award; (iii) the time or times when Incentive Awards will be granted; 
(iv) the duration of each Incentive Award; and (v) the restrictions and 
other conditions to which the payment or vesting of Incentive Awards may 
be subject.  In addition, the Committee will have the authority under 
the Plan in its sole discretion to pay the economic value of any 
Incentive Award in the form of cash, Common Stock or any combination of 
both.

     (b)  The Committee will have the authority under the Plan to amend 
or modify the terms of any outstanding Incentive Award in any manner, 
including, without limitation, the authority to modify the number of 
shares or other terms and conditions of an Incentive Award, extend the 
term of an Incentive Award, accelerate the exercisability or vesting or 
otherwise terminate any restrictions relating to an Incentive Award, 
accept the surrender of any outstanding Incentive Award or, to the 
extent not previously exercised or vested, authorize the grant of new 
Incentive Awards in substitution for surrendered Incentive Awards; 
provided, however that the amended or modified terms are permitted by 
the Plan as then in effect and that any Participant adversely affected 
by such amended or modified terms has consented to such amendment or 
modification.  No amendment or modification to an Incentive 
<PAGE>
Award, however, whether pursuant to this Section 3.2 or any other 
provisions of the Plan, will be deemed to be a regrant of such Incentive 
Award for purposes of the Plan.

     (c)  In the event of (i) any reorganization, merger, consolidation, 
recapitalization, liquidation, reclassification, stock dividend, stock 
split, combination of shares, rights offering, extraordinary dividend or 
divestiture (including a spin-off) or any other change in corporate 
structure or shares, (ii) any purchase, acquisition, sale or disposition 
of a significant amount of assets or a significant business, (iii) any 
change in accounting principles or practices, or (iv) any other similar 
change, in each case with respect to the Company or any other entity 
whose performance is relevant to the grant or vesting of an Incentive 
Award, the Committee (or, if the Company is not the surviving 
corporation in any such transaction, the board of directors of the 
surviving corporation) may, without the consent of any affected 
Participant, amend or modify the vesting criteria of any outstanding 
Incentive Award that is based in whole or in part on the financial 
performance of the Company (or any Subsidiary or division thereof) or 
such other entity so as equitably to reflect such event, with the 
desired result that the criteria for evaluating such financial 
performance of the Company or such other entity will be substantially 
the same (in the sole discretion of the Committee or the board of 
directors of the surviving corporation) following such event as prior to 
such event; provided, however, that the amended or modified terms are 
permitted by the Plan as then in effect.

4.  Shares Available for Issuance.

    1)  Maximum Number of Shares Available.  Subject to adjustment as
provided in Section 4.3 of the Plan, the maximum number of shares of 
Common Stock that will be available for issuance under the Plan will be 
2,000,000 shares, plus any shares of Common Stock that, as of the date 
the Plan is approved by the Company's stockholders, are reserved for 
issuance under the Company's 1990 Stock Option Plan.  In addition, the 
Board may increase the number of shares of Common Stock that will be 
available for issuance under the Plan, without the approval of the 
Company's stockholders; provided, however, that such number of shares 
may not be increased to more than seven percent (7%) of the outstanding 
shares of Common Stock at any time, without approval of the Company's 
stockholders.  Notwithstanding the foregoing, no more than 500,000 
shares of Common Stock may be cumulatively issued under the Plan 
pursuant to the exercise of Incentive Stock Options, subject to 
adjustment as provided in Section 4.3 of the Plan.  The shares available 
for issuance under the Plan may, at the election of the Committee, be 
either treasury shares or shares authorized but unissued, and, if 
treasury shares are used, all references in the Plan to the issuance of 
shares will, for corporate law purposes, be deemed to mean the transfer 
of shares from treasury.

     Notwithstanding any other provision of the Plan to the contrary, no 
Participant in the Plan may be granted, during the term of the Plan, any 
Options or Stock Appreciation Rights, or any other Incentive Awards with 
a value based solely on an increase in the value of the Common Stock 
after the date of grant, relating to more than an aggregate of 400,000 
shares of Common Stock (subject to adjustment as provided in Section 4.3 
of the Plan).

     2)  Accounting for Incentive Awards.  Shares of Common Stock that
are issued under the Plan or that are subject to outstanding Incentive 
Awards will be applied to reduce the maximum number of shares of Common 
Stock remaining available for issuance under the Plan.  Any shares of 
Common Stock that are subject to an Incentive Award that lapses, 
expires, is forfeited or for any reason is terminated unexercised or 
unvested and any shares of Common Stock that are subject to an Incentive 
Award that is settled or paid in cash or any form other than shares of 
<PAGE>
Common Stock will automatically again become available for issuance 
under the Plan.  Any shares of Common Stock that constitute the 
forfeited portion of a Restricted Stock Award, however, will not become 
available for further issuance under the Plan.

     3)  Adjustments to Shares and Incentive Awards.  In the event of
any reorganization, merger, consolidation, recapitalization, 
liquidation, reclassification, stock dividend, stock split, combination 
of shares, rights offering, divestiture or extraordinary dividend 
(including a spin-off) or any other change in the corporate structure or 
shares of the Company, the Committee (or, if the Company is not the 
surviving corporation in any such transaction, the board of directors of 
the surviving corporation) will make appropriate adjustment (which 
determination will be conclusive) as to the number and kind of 
securities available for issuance under the Plan and, in order to 
prevent dilution or enlargement of the rights of Participants, the 
number, kind and, where applicable, exercise price of securities subject 
to outstanding Incentive Awards.

5.  Participation.

Participants in the Plan will be those Eligible Recipients who, in the 
judgment of the Committee, have contributed, are contributing or are 
expected to contribute to the achievement of economic objectives of the 
Company or its Subsidiaries.  Eligible Recipients may be granted from 
time to time one or more Incentive Awards, singly or in combination or 
in tandem with other Incentive Awards, as may be determined by the 
Committee in its sole discretion subject to the limitations contained in 
Section 4.1 of the Plan.  Incentive Awards will be deemed to be granted 
as of the date specified in the grant resolution of the Committee, which 
date will be the date of any related agreement with the Participant.

6.  Options.

    1)  Grant.
        (a)  An Eligible Recipient may be granted one or more Options 
under the Plan, and such Options will be subject to such terms and 
conditions, consistent with the other provisions of the Plan, as may be 
determined by the Committee in its sole discretion.  The Committee may 
designate whether an Option is to be considered an Incentive Stock 
Option or a Non-Statutory Stock Option.

        (b)  For Participants who are permitted to pay the purchase 
price of an Option with Previously Acquired Shares as provided in 
Section 6.4 below, the Committee, in its sole discretion, may, at or 
after the date an Option is granted, provide for the automatic grant of 
additional Options to replace the number of Previously Acquired Shares 
used to pay the purchase price upon the exercise of all or any portion 
of such Option.  Such replacement Options shall be for a number of 
shares of Common Stock as is equal to or less than the number of 
Previously Acquired Shares used to pay the purchase price of the Option, 
shall be granted at the Fair Market Value of the Common Stock on the 
date of exercise of the Option and shall be automatically granted 
without action by the Committee.  The authority of the Committee to 
provide for such replacement Options shall in no way limit its authority 
to otherwise grant Options, whether or not related to any other Option, 
in such amounts, at such prices and upon such other terms as it 
determines in its sole discretion.

     2)  Exercise Price.  The per share price to be paid by a 
Participant upon exercise of an Option will be determined by the 
Committee in its discretion at the time of the Option grant, provided 
that (a) such price will not be less than 100% of the Fair Market Value 
of one share of Common Stock on the date of grant with respect to an 
Incentive Stock Option (110% of the Fair Market Value if, at the time 
<PAGE>
the Incentive Stock Option is granted, the Participant owns, directly or 
indirectly, more than 10% of the total combined voting power of 
all classes of stock of the Company or any parent or subsidiary 
corporation of the Company), and (b) such price will not be less than 
75% of the Fair Market Value of one share of Common Stock on the date of 
grant with respect to a Non-Statutory Stock Option.

     3)  Exercisability and Duration.  An Option will become exercisable
at such times and in such installments as may be determined by the 
Committee in its sole discretion at the time of grant; provided, 
however, that no Option may be exercisable prior to six months from its 
date of grant and no Incentive Stock Option may be exercisable after 10 
years from its date of grant (5 years from its date of grant if, at the 
time the time the Incentive Stock Option is granted, the Participant 
owns, directly or indirectly, more than 10% of the total combined voting 
power of all classes of stock of the Company or any parent or subsidiary 
corporation of the Company).

     4)  Payment of Exercise Price.  The total purchase price of the
shares to be purchased upon exercise of an Option will be paid entirely 
in cash (including check, bank draft or money order); provided, however, 
that the Committee, in its sole discretion and upon terms and conditions 
established by the Committee, may allow such payments to be made, in 
whole or in part, by tender of a Broker Exercise Notice, Previously 
Acquired Shares, a promissory note (on terms acceptable to the Committee 
in its sole discretion) or by a combination of such methods.

     5)  Manner of Exercise.  An Option may be exercised by a
Participant in whole or in part from time to time, subject to the 
conditions contained in the Plan and in the agreement evidencing such 
Option, by delivery in person, by facsimile or electronic transmission 
or through the mail of written notice of exercise to the Company 
(Attention:  Human Resources Department) at its principal executive 
office in Minneapolis, Minnesota and by paying in full the total 
exercise price for the shares of Common Stock to be purchased in 
accordance with Section 6.4 of the Plan.

     6)  Aggregate Limitation of Stock Subject to Incentive Stock 
Options.  

To the extent that the aggregate Fair Market Value (determined as of the 
date an Incentive Stock Option is granted) of the shares of Common Stock 
with respect to which incentive stock options (within the meaning of 
Section 422 of the Code) are exercisable for the first time by a 
Participant during any calendar year (under the Plan and any other 
incentive stock option plans of the Company or any subsidiary or parent 
corporation of the Company (within the meaning of the Code)) exceeds 
$100,000 (or such other amount as may be prescribed by the Code from 
time to time), such excess Options will be treated as Non-Statutory 
Stock Options.  The determination will be made by taking incentive stock 
options into account in the order in which they were granted.  If such 
excess only applies to a portion of an incentive stock option, the 
Committee, in its discretion, will designate which shares will be 
treated as shares to be acquired upon exercise of an incentive stock 
option.

     7)  Supplemental Bonuses.  As to each Option granted pursuant to
the Plan, the Company may grant a supplemental cash bonus to the 
Participant, in the discretion of the Committee.  Such supplemental 
bonuses may be granted or payable in connection with the grant or the 
exercise of such Option or both. The determination of whether to grant a 
supplemental bonus in connection with any particular grant or exercise 
of an Option and the determination as to the nature and amount of any 
such bonus shall be within the discretion of the Committee.

7.  Stock Appreciation Rights.
<PAGE>
     1)  Grant.  An Eligible Recipient may be granted one or more Stock 
Appreciation Rights under the Plan, and such Stock Appreciation Rights 
shall be subject to such terms and conditions, consistent with the other 
provisions of the Plan, as may be determined by the Committee in its 
sole discretion.  

     2)  Exercise Price.  The exercise price of a Stock Appreciation
Right will be determined by the Committee, in its discretion, at the 
date of grant but will not be less than 100% of the Fair Market Value of 
one share of Common Stock on the date of grant.

     3)  Exercisability and Duration.  A Stock Appreciation Right will
become exercisable at such time and in such installments as may be 
determined by the Committee in its sole discretion at the time of grant; 
provided, however, that no Stock Appreciation Right may be exercisable 
prior to six months or after 10 years from its date of grant.  A Stock 
Appreciation Right will be exercised by giving notice in the same manner 
as for Options, as set forth in Section 6.5 of the Plan.

8.  Restricted Stock Awards.

     1)  Grant.  An Eligible Recipient may be granted one or more
Restricted Stock Awards under the Plan, and such Restricted Stock Awards 
will be subject to such terms and conditions, consistent with the other 
provisions of the Plan, as may be determined by the Committee in its 
sole discretion.  The Committee may impose such restrictions or 
conditions, not inconsistent with the provisions of the Plan, to the 
vesting of such Restricted Stock Awards as it deems appropriate, 
including, without limitation, that the Participant remain in the 
continuous employ or service of the Company or a Subsidiary for a 
certain period or that the Participant or the Company (or any Subsidiary 
or division thereof) satisfy certain performance goals or criteria; 
provided, however, that no Restricted Stock Award may vest prior to six 
months from its date of grant.

     2)  Rights as a Stockholder; Transferability.  Except as provided
in Sections 8.1, 8.3 and 14.3 of the Plan, a Participant will have all 
voting, dividend, liquidation and other rights with respect to shares of 
Common Stock issued to the Participant as a Restricted Stock Award under 
this Section 8 upon the Participant becoming the holder of record of 
such shares as if such Participant were a holder of record of shares of 
unrestricted Common Stock.

     3)  Dividends and Distributions.  Unless the Committee determines 
otherwise in its sole discretion (either in the agreement evidencing the 
Restricted Stock Award at the time of grant or at any time after the 
grant of the Restricted Stock Award), any dividends or distributions 
(other than regular quarterly cash dividends) paid with respect to 
shares of Common Stock subject to the unvested portion of a Restricted 
Stock Award will be subject to the same restrictions as the shares to 
which such dividends or distributions relate.  In the event the 
Committee determines not to pay such dividends or distributions 
currently, the Committee will determine in its sole discretion whether 
any interest will be paid on such dividends or distributions.  In 
addition, the Committee in its sole discretion may require such 
dividends and distributions to be reinvested (and in such case the 
Participants consent to such reinvestment) in shares of Common Stock 
that will be subject to the same restrictions as the shares to which 
such dividends or distributions relate.

     4)  Enforcement of Restrictions.  To enforce the restrictions
referred to in this Section 8, the Committee may place a legend on the 
stock certificates referring to such restrictions and may require the 
Participant, until the restrictions have lapsed, to keep the stock 
certificates, together with duly endorsed stock powers, in the custody 
of the Company or its transfer agent or to maintain evidence of stock 
<PAGE>
ownership, together with duly endorsed stock powers, in a 
certificateless book-entry stock account with the Company's transfer 
agent.

9.  Performance Units.

An Eligible Recipient may be granted one or more Performance Units under 
the Plan, and such Performance Units will be subject to such terms and 
conditions, consistent with the other provisions of the Plan, as may be 
determined by the Committee in its sole discretion.  The Committee may 
impose such restrictions or conditions, not inconsistent with the 
provisions of the Plan, to the vesting of such Performance Units as it 
deems appropriate, including, without limitation, that the Participant 
remain in the continuous employ or service of the Company or any 
Subsidiary for a certain period or that the Participant or the Company 
(or any Subsidiary or division thereof) satisfy certain performance 
goals or criteria.  The Committee will have the sole discretion either 
to determine the form in which payment of the economic value of vested 
Performance Units will be made to the Participant (i.e., cash, Common 
Stock or any combination thereof) or to consent to or disapprove the 
election by the Participant of the form of such payment.

10.  Stock Bonuses.

An Eligible Recipient may be granted one or more Stock Bonuses under the 
Plan, and such Stock Bonuses will be subject to such terms and 
conditions, consistent with the other provisions of the Plan, as may be 
determined by the Committee in its sole discretion.  The Participant 
will have all voting, dividend, liquidation and other rights with 
respect to the shares of Common Stock issued to a Participant as a Stock 
Bonus under this Section 10 upon the Participant becoming the holder of 
record of such shares; provided, however, that the Committee may impose 
such restrictions on the assignment or transfer of a Stock Bonus as it 
deems appropriate.

11.  Effect of Termination of Employment or Other Service.

     1)  Termination Due to Death.  In the event a Participant's
employment or other service with the Company and all Subsidiaries is 
terminated by reason of death or in the event that the Participant dies 
within three-months of such termination: 

         (a)  All outstanding Options and Stock Appreciation Rights then 
held by the Participant will remain exercisable to the extent 
exercisable as of such termination for a period of one year after such 
termination (but in no event after the expiration date of any such 
Option or Stock Appreciation Right); 

         (b)  All outstanding Restricted Stock Awards then held by the 
Participant that have not vested will be terminated and forfeited; and

         (c)  All outstanding Performance Units and Stock Bonuses then 
held by the Participant will vest and/or continue to vest in the manner 
determined by the Committee and set forth in the agreement evidencing 
such Performance Units or Stock Bonuses.
<PAGE>
     (1)  Termination Due to Cause.  

          (a)  In the event a Participant's employment or other service 
is terminated with the Company and all Subsidiaries for "cause" all 
rights of the Participant under the Plan and any agreements evidencing 
an Incentive Award will immediately terminate without notice of any 
kind, and no Options or Stock Appreciation Rights then held by the 
Participant will thereafter be exercisable, all Restricted Stock Awards 
then held by the Participant that have not vested will be terminated and 
forfeited, and all Performance Units and Stock Bonuses then held by the 
Participant will vest and/or continue to vest in the manner determined 
by the Committee and set forth in the agreement evidencing such 
Performance Units or Stock Bonuses.

          (b)  For purposes of this Section 11.2, "cause" (as determined 
by the Committee) will be as defined in any employment or other 
agreement, plan or policy applicable to the Participant or, if no such 
agreement, plan or policy exists, will mean (i) dishonesty, fraud, 
misrepresentation, embezzlement or deliberate injury or attempted 
injury, in each case related to the Company or any Subsidiary, (ii) any 
unlawful or criminal activity of a serious nature, (iii) any intentional 
and deliberate breach of a duty or duties that, individually or in the 
aggregate, are material in relation to the Participant's overall duties, 
or (iv) any material breach of any employment, service, confidentiality 
or non-compete agreement entered into with the Company or any 
Subsidiary.

     3)  Termination for Reasons Other than Death or Cause.  In the
event a Participant's employment or other service with the Company and 
all Subsidiaries is terminated for any reason other than death or cause, 
or a Participant is in the employ or service of a Subsidiary and the 
Subsidiary ceases to be a Subsidiary of the Company (unless the 
Participant continues in the employ or service of the Company or another 
Subsidiary):

         (a)  All outstanding Options and Stock Appreciation Rights then 
held by the Participant will remain exercisable to the extent 
exercisable as of such termination for a period of three months after 
such termination (but in no event after the expiration date of any such 
Option or Stock Appreciation Right);

         (b)  All outstanding Restricted Stock Awards then held by the 
Participant that have not vested will be terminated and forfeited; and

         (c)  All outstanding Performance Units and Stock Bonuses then 
held by the Participant will vest and/or continue to vest in the manner 
determined by the Committee and set forth in the agreement evidencing 
such Performance Units or Stock Bonuses.

     4)  Modification of Rights Upon Termination.  Notwithstanding the
other provisions of this Section 11, upon a Participant's termination of 
employment or other service with the Company and all Subsidiaries, the 
Committee may, in its sole discretion (which may be exercised at any 
time on or after the date of grant, including following such 
termination), cause Options and Stock Appreciation Rights (or any part 
thereof) then held by such Participant to become or continue to become 
exercisable and/or remain exercisable following such termination of 
employment or service and Restricted Stock Awards, Performance Units and 
Stock Bonuses then held by such Participant to vest and/or continue to 
vest or become free of transfer restrictions, as the case may be, 
following such termination of employment or service, in each case in the 
manner determined by the Committee; provided, however, that (a) no 
Incentive Award will become exercisable or vest prior to six months from 
its date of grant and (b) no Option or Stock Appreciation Right may 
remain exercisable beyond its expiration date. 
<PAGE>

     5)  Breach of Confidentiality or Non-Compete Agreements.
Notwithstanding anything in the Plan to the contrary, in the event that 
a Participant materially breaches the terms of any confidentiality or 
non-compete agreement entered into with the Company or any Subsidiary, 
whether such breach occurs before or after termination of such 
Participant's employment or other service with the Company or any 
Subsidiary, the Committee in its sole discretion may immediately 
terminate all rights of the Participant under the Plan and any 
agreements evidencing an Incentive Award then held by the Participant 
without notice of any kind.

     6)  Date of Termination of Employment or Other Service.  Unless the 
Committee otherwise determines in its sole discretion, a Participant's 
employment or other service will, for purposes of the Plan, be deemed to 
have terminated on the date recorded on the personnel or other records 
of the Company or the Subsidiary for which the Participant provides 
employment or other service, as determined by the Committee in its sole 
discretion based upon such records.

12.  Payment of Withholding Taxes.

     1)  General Rules.  The Company is entitled to (a) withhold and
deduct from future wages of the Participant (or from other amounts that 
may be due and owing to the Participant from the Company or a 
Subsidiary), or make other arrangements for the collection of, all 
legally required amounts necessary to satisfy any and all federal, state 
and local withholding and employment-related tax requirements 
attributable to an Incentive Award, including, without limitation, the 
grant, exercise or vesting of, or payment of dividends with respect to, 
an Incentive Award or a disqualifying disposition of stock received upon 
exercise of an Incentive Stock Option, or (b) require the Participant 
promptly to remit the amount of such withholding to the Company before 
taking any action, including issuing any shares of Common Stock, with 
respect to an Incentive Award.

     2)  Special Rules.  The Committee may, in its sole discretion and
upon terms and conditions established by the Committee, permit or 
require a Participant to satisfy, in whole or in part, any withholding 
or employment-related tax obligation described in Section 12.1 of the 
Plan by electing to tender Previously Acquired Shares, a Broker Exercise 
Notice or a promissory note (on terms acceptable to the Committee in its 
sole discretion), or by a combination of such methods.


13.  Change in Control.

     1)  Change in Control.  For purposes of this Section 13.1, a
"Change in Control" of the Company will mean the following:

         (a)  the sale, lease, exchange or other transfer, directly or 
indirectly, of substantially all of the assets of the Company (in one 
transaction or in a series of related transactions) to a person or 
entity that is not controlled by the Company;

         (b)  the approval by the stockholders of the Company of any 
plan or proposal for the liquidation or dissolution of the Company;

         (c)  any person becomes after the effective date of the Plan 
the "beneficial owner" (as defined in Rule 13d-3 under the Exchange 
Act), directly or indirectly, of (i) 20% or more, but not more than 50% 
of the combined voting power of the Company's outstanding securities 
ordinarily having the right to vote at elections of directors, unless 
the transaction resulting in such ownership has been approved in advance 
<PAGE>
by the Incumbent Directors (as defined in Section 13.2 below), or (ii) 
more than 50% of the combined voting power of the Company's outstanding 
securities ordinarily having the right to vote at elections of directors 
(regardless of any approval by the Incumbent Directors);

          (d)  a merger or consolidation to which the Company is a party 
if the stockholders of the Company immediately prior to the effective 
date of such merger or consolidation have "beneficial ownership" (as 
defined in Rule 13d-3 under the Exchange Act), immediately following the 
effective date of such merger or consolidation, of securities of the 
surviving corporation representing (i) 50% or more, but not more than 
80%, of the combined voting power of the surviving corporation's then 
outstanding securities ordinarily having the right to vote at elections 
of directors, unless such merger or consolidation has been approved in 
advance by the Incumbent Directors, or (ii) less than 50% of the 
combined voting power of the surviving corporation's then outstanding 
securities ordinarily having the right to vote at elections of directors 
(regardless of any approval by the Incumbent Directors);

          (e)  the Incumbent Directors cease for any reason to 
constitute at least a majority of the Board; or

          (f)  a change in control of the Company of a nature that would 
be required to be reported pursuant to Section 13 or 15(d) of the 
Exchange Act, whether or not the Company is then subject to such 
reporting requirements.

     2)  Incumbent Directors.  For purposes of this Section 13,
"Incumbent Directors" of the Company means any individuals who are 
members of the Board on the effective date of the Plan and any 
individual who subsequently becomes a member of the Board whose 
election, or nomination for election by the Company's stockholders, was 
approved by a vote of at least a majority of the directors comprising 
the Board on the effective date of the Plan (either by specific vote or 
by approval of the Company's proxy statement in which such individual is 
named as a nominee for director without objection to such nomination).

     3)  Acceleration of Vesting.  Without limiting the authority of the 
Committee under Section 3.2 of the Plan, if a Change in Control of the 
Company occurs, then, if approved by the Committee in its sole 
discretion either in the agreement evidencing an Incentive Award at the 
time of grant or at any time after the grant of an Incentive Award, (a) 
all Options and Stock Appreciation Rights then held by the Participant 
will become immediately exercisable in full and will remain exercisable 
for the remainder of their terms, regardless of whether the Participant 
to whom such Options or Stock Appreciation Rights have been granted 
remains in the employ or service of the Company or any Subsidiary; (b) 
all Restricted Stock Awards then held by the Participant will become 
immediately fully vested and non-forfeitable; and (c) all outstanding 
Performance Units and Stock Bonuses then held by the Participant will 
vest and/or continue to vest in the manner determined by the Committee 
and set forth in the agreement evidencing such Performance Units or 
Stock Bonuses.

     4)  Cash Payment for Options.  If a Change in Control of the
Company occurs, then the Committee, if approved by the Committee in its 
sole discretion either in an agreement evidencing an Incentive Award at 
the time of grant or at any time after the grant of an Incentive Award, 
and without the consent of any Participant effected thereby, may 
determine that some or all Participants holding outstanding Options will 
receive, with respect to some or all of the shares of Common Stock 
subject to such Options, as of the effective date of any such Change in 
Control of the Company, cash in an amount equal to the excess of the 
<PAGE>
Fair Market Value of such shares immediately prior to the effective date 
of such Change in Control of the Company over the exercise price per 
share of such Options.

     5)  Limitation on Change in Control Payments.  Notwithstanding
anything in Section 13.3 or 13.4 of the Plan to the contrary, if, with 
respect to a Participant, the acceleration of the vesting of an 
Incentive Award as provided in Section 13.3 or the payment of cash in 
exchange for all or part of an Incentive Award as provided in Section 
13.4 (which acceleration or payment could be deemed a "payment" within 
the meaning of Section 280G(b)(2) of the Code), together with any other 
payments which such Participant has the right to receive from the 
Company or any corporation that is a member of an "affiliated group" (as 
defined in Section 1504(a) of the Code without regard to Section 1504(b) 
of the Code) of which the Company is a member, would constitute a 
"parachute payment" (as defined in Section 280G(b)(2) of the Code), then 
the payments to such Participant pursuant to Section 13.3 or 13.4 will 
be reduced to the largest amount as will result in no portion of such 
payments being subject to the excise tax imposed by Section 4999 of the 
Code; provided, however, that if such Participant is subject to a 
separate agreement with the Company or a Subsidiary which specifically 
provides that payments attributable to one or more forms of employee 
stock incentives or to payments made in lieu of employee stock 
incentives will not reduce any other payments under such agreement, even 
if it would constitute an excess parachute payment, or provides that the 
Participant will have the discretion to determine which payments will be 
reduced in order to avoid an excess parachute payment, then the 
limitations of this Section 13.5 will, to that extent, not apply.
 
14.  Rights of Eligible Recipients and Participants; Transferability.

     1)  Employment or Service.  Nothing in the Plan will interfere with
or limit in any way the right of the Company or any Subsidiary to 
terminate the employment or service of any Eligible Recipient or 
Participant at any time, nor confer upon any Eligible Recipient or 
Participant any right to continue in the employ or service of the 
Company or any Subsidiary.

     2)  Rights as a Stockholder.  As a holder of Incentive Awards
(other than Restricted Stock Awards and Stock Bonuses), a Participant 
will have no rights as a stockholder unless and until such Incentive 
Awards are exercised for, or paid in the form of, shares of Common Stock 
and the Participant becomes the holder of record of such shares.  Except 
as otherwise provided in the Plan, no adjustment will be made for 
dividends or distributions with respect to such Incentive Awards as to 
which there is a record date preceding the date the Participant becomes 
the holder of record of such shares, except as the Committee may 
determine in its discretion.

     3)  Restrictions on Transfer.  Except pursuant to testamentary will
or the laws of descent and distribution or as otherwise expressly 
permitted by the Plan, no right or interest of any Participant in an 
Incentive Award prior to the exercise or vesting of such Incentive Award 
will be assignable or transferable, or subjected to any lien, during the 
lifetime of the Participant, either voluntarily or involuntarily, 
directly or indirectly, by operation of law or otherwise.  A Participant 
will, however, be entitled to designate a beneficiary to receive an 
Incentive Award upon such Participant's death, and in the event of a 
Participant's death, payment of any amounts due under the Plan will be 
made to, and exercise of any Options (to the extent permitted pursuant 
to Section 11 of the Plan) may be made by, the Participant's legal 
representatives, heirs and legatees.  

     4)  Non-Exclusivity of the Plan.  Nothing contained in the Plan is 
intended to modify or rescind any previously approved compensation plans 
or programs of the Company or create any limitations on the power or 
authority of the Board to adopt such additional or other compensation 
arrangements as the Board may deem necessary or desirable.
<PAGE>
15.  Securities Law and Other Restrictions.

Notwithstanding any other provision of the Plan or any agreements 
entered into pursuant to the Plan, the Company will not be required to 
issue any shares of Common Stock under the Plan, and a Participant may 
not sell, assign, transfer or otherwise dispose of shares of Common 
Stock issued pursuant to Incentive Awards granted under the Plan, unless 
(a) there is in effect with respect to such shares a registration 
statement under the Securities Act and any applicable state securities 
laws or an exemption from such registration under the Securities Act and 
applicable state securities laws, and (b) there has been obtained any 
other consent, approval or permit from any securities exchange or other 
regulatory body which the Committee, in its sole discretion, deems 
necessary or advisable.  The Company may condition such issuance, sale 
or transfer upon the receipt of any representations or agreements from 
the parties involved, and the placement of any legends on certificates 
representing shares of Common Stock, as may be deemed necessary or 
advisable by the Company in order to comply with such securities law or 
other restrictions.

16.  Plan Amendment, Modification and Termination.

The Board may suspend or terminate the Plan or any portion thereof at 
any time, and may amend the Plan from time to time in such respects as 
the Board may deem advisable in order that Incentive Awards under the 
Plan will conform to any change in applicable laws or regulations or in 
any other respect the Board may deem to be in the best interests of the 
Company; provided, however, that no amendments to the Plan will be 
effective without approval of the stockholders of the Company if 
stockholder approval of the amendment is then required pursuant to Rule 
16b-3 under the Exchange Act, Section 422 and 162(m) of the Code or the 
rules of the New York Stock Exchange.  No termination, suspension or 
amendment of the Plan may adversely affect any outstanding Incentive 
Award without the consent of the affected Participant; provided, 
however, that this sentence will not impair the right of the Committee 
to take whatever action it deems appropriate under Sections 3.2(c), 4.3 
and 13 of the Plan.

17.  Effective Date and Duration of the Plan.

The Plan is effective as of December 21, 1993, the date it was adopted 
by the Board; subject, however, to approval of the Company's 
stockholders prior to December 20, 1994.  The Plan will terminate at 
midnight on December 20, 2003, and may be terminated prior to such time 
to by Board action, and no Incentive Award will be granted after such 
termination.  Incentive Awards outstanding upon termination of the Plan 
may continue to be exercised, or become free of restrictions, in 
accordance with their terms.

18.  Miscellaneous.

     1)  Governing Law.  The validity, construction, interpretation, 
administration and effect of the Plan and any rules, regulations and 
actions relating to the Plan will be governed by and construed 
exclusively in accordance with the laws of the State of Minnesota.

     2)  Successors and Assigns.  The Plan will be binding upon and
inure to the benefit of the successors and permitted assigns of the 
Company and the Participants.







May 29, 1990





John Michael Nilles
Fargo, North Dakota


This letter is to express our understanding with you concerning your 
employment by Metropolitan Financial Corporation.

You have been hired by Metropolitan Financial Corporation effective May 
22, 1990, with employment commencing within the next 120-day period.  
You have agreed to serve as Executive Vice President and General 
Counsel.  The term of this employment is until December 31, 1995.  At 
the end of the term, if mutually agreeable between the parties, your 
employment may be continued on the same basis as other senior officers 
of Metropolitan, that is, as an employee at will subject to termination 
by either party without any cause on 30 days notice.

During the term of this agreement, your employment can only be 
terminated for cause, that is, for a breach by you of Metropolitan's 
rules and regulations or dishonesty or failure to perform your duties at 
the required level of industry and competence.  Your compensation shall 
be $140,000 per year plus raises, if any, Metropolitan may grant.

If this letter correctly states our agreement, please sign both copies, 
keeping one for your file and returning one to us.

METROPOLITAN FINANCIAL CORPORATION



By:Norman M. Jones                       John Michael Nilles
   _______________                       ___________________
   NORMAN M. JONES                       JOHN MICHAEL NILLES
   Its:  Chairman and CEO




<PAGE>



Resolutions Adopted at the January 25, 1994

Board of Directors Meeting





Upon motion made, seconded, and carried, with Charles D. Kalil not 
present and participating,



RESOLVED, That the compensation for the Corporate Secretary be increased 
from $25,000 to $35,000.





<PAGE>
                        SEPARATION AGREEMENT


Metropolitan Financial Corporation ("Metropolitan") having requested the 
resignation of Stan K. Dardis ("Dardis") and both parties to this 
agreement desiring to settle and resolve in a final and binding way all 
issues between them, Metropolitan and Dardis hereby agree as follows:

1.  Dardis hereby resigns his employment as President, Chief Executive 
Officer and Director of Metropolitan Federal Bank and all his other 
positions and responsibilities as officer, employee and member of the 
board of directors of Metropolitan and all of its subsidiary and 
affiliated corporations and business, effective June 15, 1993.

2.  Upon expiration of the rescission period described in paragraph 8 
below, Metropolitan shall pay Dardis his current monthly base salary up 
to December 31, 1993.  Dardis will continue to be covered under Medical, 
Dental, and Life Insurance only until December 31, 1993.  Long Term 
Disability, Pension, 401K, and all other employee benefits will cease on 
June 15, 1993.  Dardis will have 90 days from the December 31, 1993 date 
to exercise any outstanding Metropolitan Corporation stock options.

3.  Metropolitan will pay all reasonable invoices of reputable providers 
of outplacement services to Dardis up to a maximum of Twelve Thousand 
Dollars ($12,000).

4.  Dardis agrees to fully and finally release Metropolitan and all of 
Metropolitan's subsidiaries and affiliates and all officers, employees 
and agents of those corporations from all claims he has or might have 
arising to the date hereof relating in any way to his employment or the 
termination of his employment with those corporations and persons.  This 
release specifically includes, but is not limited to, all claims of age 
or other discrimination in employment arising under the federal Age 
Discrimination in Employment Act, the Minnesota Human Rights Act or any 
other federal, state or local statue in ordinance as well as all claims 
of reprisal, retaliation, defamation, invasion of privacy, breach of 
express or implied contract, promissory, estoppel, intentional or 
negligent infliction of emotional distress, intentional or negligent 
misrepresentation or fraud, "whistleblowing," breach of public policy, 
intentional or negligent interference with contract, improper 
administration of employee benefits and any other claim, whether legal 
or equitable.  It is understood that this release will not impair any 
existing rights Dardis may have under any presently existing pension, 
retirement or employee benefit plan of Metropolitan, nor will it impair 
any rights Dardis may have to seek unemployment compensation benefits.

5.  Dardis agrees, as an essential and material element of this 
Separation Agreement, that he will maintain all of the terms of this 
Separation Agreement and any negative opinions about Metropolitan and 
all of Metropolitan's subsidiaries and affiliates and their employees in 
strictest confidence and that he will not disclose the facts or terms of 
this Separation Agreement or those opinions to any person, except as 
required by law.

6.  Dardis agrees to hold in confidence and not to directly or 
indirectly reveal, disclose or transfer any "Confidential Information" 
at any time hereafter to any person or entity and promises and 
represents that he has not done so heretofore.  The term "Confidential 
Information" means all information or material proprietary to 
Metropolitan, its subsidiaries or affiliates and not generally known, 
about which Dardis obtained knowledge of or access to through Dardis' 
relationship with Metropolitan.  "Confidential Information" includes, 
but is not limited to the following types of information and other 
information of a similar nature whether or not in writing:  
Metropolitan's, its subsidiaries' or affiliates' financial information:  
buying, marketing and pricing methods, plans and techniques; concepts, 
compilations, know-how, procedures, manuals; reports; lists of existing 
and contemplated clients and customers' financial information, employee 
lists and confidential information entrusted by clients, customers and 
other third parties to Metropolitan, its subsidiaries and affiliates.  
Dardis agrees to promptly refer any requests for Confidential 
Information he receives to the Vice President-Human Resources of 
Metropolitan.

7.  In responding to inquiries by third parties (other than governmental 
regulators) regarding the reasons for Dardis' separation from 
Metropolitan, the parties will only state that Dardis resigned for 
"personal reasons to pursue other interests" and the dates of Dardis' 
employment and nothing further.

8.  Dardis acknowledges that he has had a 21 day opportunity to review 
and reflect on the terms of this Separation Agreement.  Dardis further 
understands that he may rescind this Separation Agreement and the 
Release contained within it within 15 days of signing it.  To be 
effective, his rescission must be in writing and delivered to 
Metropolitan in care of Gordon Schroeder, within the 15 day period.  If 
sent by mail, the rescission must be 1) post-marked within the 15 day 
period; 2) properly addressed to Metropolitan; and 3) sent by certified 
mail, return receipt requested.

9.  This Separation Agreement and the attached Release constitute the 
entire agreement of the parties.  No other agreement not expressed 
within this Separation Agreement shall have any force or effect, and no 
modification, amendment or change of any kind to this Separation 
Agreement shall be effective unless it is in writing and signed by each 
of the parties to this Separation Agreement.

10. The laws of the State of Minnesota shall apply to any disputes that 
may arise relative to the construction of this agreement.

11. Dardis represents and agrees that he has carefully read and fully 
understands all of the provisions of this Separation Agreement and the 
attached Released, that he has had a full opportunity to have all of the 
terms of this Separation Agreement and Release explained to him by legal 
counsel of his choosing and at his expense and that he fully understands 
that by signing this Separation Agreement and the attached Release, he 
is giving up all rights to pursue any further claims against 
Metropolitan and others mentioned in the Release for any reason arising 
in or having roots in anything that happened up to the time of his 
signature.  Dardis therefore represents and agrees that he is signing 
this Separation Agreement knowingly, freely and voluntarily.



    Dated:                           ______________ 
                                     Stan K. Dardis


                                     Metropolitan Financial Corporation



      Date: June 15, 1993           By__________________________________
                                  Its __________________________________







<PAGE>
METROPOLITAN FINANCIAL CORPORATION
EXECUTIVE MANAGEMENT SEVERANCE PAY PLAN



As Adopted Effective as of March 23, 1993

<PAGE>
METROPOLITAN FINANCIAL CORPORATION
EXECUTIVE MANAGEMENT SEVERANCE PAY PLAN

Table of Contents
_________________

                                                                    Page

ARTICLE 1   Introduction                                               1

     1.1    Plan Name                                                  1
     1.2    Plan Type                                                  1
     1.3    Plan Purpose                                               1

ARTICLE 2   Definitions, Construction and Interpretations              2

     2.1    Administrator                                              2
     2.2    Base Pay                                                   2
     2.3    Code                                                       2
     2.4    Company                                                    2
     2.5    Comparable Position                                        2
     2.6    Effective Date                                             2
     2.7    Eligible Employee                                          3
     2.9    ERISA                                                      3
     2.10   Governing Law                                              3
     2.11   Headings                                                   3
     2.12   Notice of Qualifying Termination                           3
     2.13   Number and Gender                                          3
     2.14   Officers                                                   3
     2.15   Plan                                                       3
     2.16   Qualifying Termination                                     3
     2.17   Termination Date                                           4

ARTICLE 3   Eligibility for Benefits                                   5

     3.1    Eligibility Requirements                                   5
     3.2    Certain Qualifying Terminations Before Effective Date      5
     3.3    Special Acquisition Agreement Benefits                     5
     3.4    Other Special Benefits                                     5

ARTICLE 4   Benefits                                                   6

    4.1     Cash Payment                                               6
    4.2     Continuation of Welfare Benefits                           7
    4.3     Continued Job Posting                                      7
    4.4     Limitation on Benefits                                     7

ARTICLE 5   Administration                                             8

    5.1     Administration                                             8
    5.2     Benefit Claims                                             8
    5.3     Funding                                                    9
    5.4     Amendment and Termination                                  9

ARTICLE 6   Miscellaneous                                             10

    6.1     No Employment Rights Created                              10
    6.2     Withholding and Offsets                                   10
    6.3     Integration with Other Benefit Programs                   10 
    6.4     Binding Plan                                              10
    6.5     Notices                                                   10

<PAGE> 

METROPOLITAN FINANCIAL CORPORATION EXECUTIVE MANAGEMENT SEVERANCE PAY PLAN  
1
 Introduction
 ____________

.1   Plan Name.  The name of the Plan is the "Metropolitan Financial 
Corporation Executive Management Severance Pay Plan."

.2   Plan Type.  The Plan is unfunded and is maintained by the Company 
primarily for the purpose of providing benefits for a select group of 
management or highly compensated employees.  As such, the Plan is 
intended to be exempt from the provisions of Parts 2 through 4 of 
Subtitle B of Title I and from Title IV of ERISA by operation of 
sections 201(2), 302(a)(3), 401(a)(1) an 4021(b)(6) thereof, 
respectively.  The Plan is not intended to qualify under Code section 
401(a).

<PAGE>

2

.3   Plan Purpose.  The purpose of the Plan is to provide Eligible 
Employees who experience a Qualifying Termination with temporary 
financial support during their transition to new employment.

 Definitions, Construction and Interpretations
 _____________________________________________

The definitions and rules of construction and interpretation set forth 
in this Article 2 apply in construing the Plan unless the context 
otherwise indicates.

.1   Administrator.  The "Administrator" of the Plan is the Company's 
Senior Vice President of Human Resources or an individual to whom 
administrative responsibilities are delegated pursuant to Article 5, as 
the context requires.

.2   Base Pay.  The "Base Pay" of an Eligible Employee is his or her 
annual base salary or wages from his or her Employer at the rate in 
effect on the date Notice of Qualifying Termination is given.  Base Pay 
includes only regular cash salary and wages and is determined before any 
reduction for deferrals pursuant to any nonqualified deferred 
compensation plan or arrangement, qualified cash or deferred arrangement 
or cafeteria plan.

.3   Code.  The "Code" is the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended.  
Any reference to a specific provision of the Code includes a reference 
to such provision as it may be amended from time to time and to any 
successor provision. 

.4   Company.  The "Company" is Metropolitan Financial Corporation or 
any successor thereto.

.5   Comparable Position.  A "Comparable Position" is an employment 
position that meets the following criteria:

(a)  the work location is within the same community or metropolitan area 
as the Eligible Employee's current work location;

(b)  the annual base cash salary or wage rate of the new position is not 
less than 80 percent of the Eligible Employee's Base Pay;

(c)  the daily work schedule of the new position is substantially 
similar to the Eligible Employee's current daily work schedule; and

(d)  the availability of the position is not contingent on the Eligible 
Employee's investment of capital.

These criteria are intended to be exhaustive; no other criteria will be 
taken into account.  Thus, an employment position will not fail to be a 
Comparable Position because it involves a change in, for example, type 
of position, job classification (for example, regular or transitional), 
official title, salary midpoint or other perquisites or job conditions.

.6   Effective Date.  The "Effective Date" of this Plan is July 1, 1993, 
except that the Plan may be applied retroactively to January 1, 1993 in 
accordance with Section 3.2.


.7   Eligible Employee.  An "Eligible Employee" is an individual who 
performs services for an Employer as a common law employee and (a) (1) 
is classified as a "regular" employee pursuant to the Employer's 
applicable employment policies, and (2) has a salary grade 
classification of 20 or above, or (b) is employed in a temporary 
position with an Employer if, immediately preceding his or her 
employment in the temporary position, such individual was employed by an 
Employer or by a business that was acquired by an Employer in a 
permanent position that had a salary grade classification of 20 or above 
or the equivalence thereof.

.8   Employer.  An "Employer" is the Company and each member of a 
controlled group of corporations (within the meaning Code section 
414(b)), or a group of trades or businesses under common control (within 
the meaning of Code section 414(c)), that includes the Company, or all 
of them collectively, as the context acquires.  An Employer that ceases 
to be a member of the controlled group of corporations, or group of 
trades or businesses under common control, that includes the Company, 
will cease to be an Employer except with respect to liabilities under 
the Plan attributable to Qualifying Terminations occurring before it 
ceases to be an Employer.

.9   ERISA.  "ERISA" is the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 
1974, as amended.  Any reference to a specific provision of ERISA 
includes a reference to such provision as it may be amended from time to 
time and to any successor provision.  

.10  Governing Law.  Except to the extent that state law is preempted by 
provisions of the ERISA, as amended, or any other laws of the United 
States in effect from time to time, the Plan will be administered, 
interpreted, construed and enforced according to the internal, 
substantive laws of the State of Minnesota, without regard to the 
conflict of law rules of the State of Minnesota or of any other 
jurisdiction.

.11  Headings.  The headings of articles and sections are included 
solely for convenience. If there is a conflict between a heading and the 
text of the Plan, the text will control.

.12  Notice of Qualifying Termination.  A "Notice of Qualifying 
Termination" is a written notice provided by the Employer to an Eligible 
Employee which indicates that a termination of employment is a 
Qualifying Termination.

.13  Number and Gender.  Whenever appropriate, the singular number may 
be read as the plural, the plural may be read as the singular and a 
reference to one gender may be read as a reference to the other.

.14  Officers.  Any reference in this Plan to a particular officer of an 
Employer also refers to the functional equivalent of such officer if the 
title or responsibilities of that office change.

.15  Plan.  The "Plan" is the Metropolitan Financial Corporation 
Executive Management Severance Pay Plan as set forth in this instrument 
as it may be amended from time to time.

.16  Qualifying Termination.  (A) Subject to Subsection (B), a 
"Qualifying Termination" with respect to an Eligible Employee is a 
complete termination of his or her employment relationship with all 
Employers as a result of:

(1)  the elimination of the Eligible Employee's position by an Employer 
for any reason other than the Eligible Employee's job performance, 
death, or permanent physical or mental incapacity;

(2)  the replacement of the Eligible Employee with another employee of 
an Employer for any reason other than the Eligible Employee's job 
performance, death, or permanent physical or mental incapacity;

(3)  the Eligible Employee's refusal to accept a position with an 
Employer that is not a Comparable Position; or

(4)  the sale, transfer or other disposition of all or any part of the 
assets of the Employer if the Eligible Employee is neither offered a 
Comparable Position nor accepts any position with the transferee of such 
assets.

(B)  An Eligible Employee whose termination of employment is described 
in Subsection (A) will not be considered to have experienced a 
Qualifying Termination if:

(1)  the Eligible Employee voluntarily resigns under any circumstance 
other than that described in Subsection (A)(3);

(2)  the Eligible Employee refuses to interview for or accept a 
Comparable Position with an Employer;

(3)  the Eligible Employee refuses to accept a Comparable Position or 
accepts any position with an entity in which an Employer has an 
ownership interest; or

(4)  the Eligible Employee's Employer ceases to be an Employer as a 
result of the sale, transfer or other disposition of all or any of the 
capital stock of such Employer, whether or not the Eligible Employee's 
employment is terminated at any time after such sale, transfer, or other 
disposition.

.17  Termination Date.  The "Termination Date" of an Eligible Employee 
is his or her last day of employment in connection with a Qualifying 
Termination.

<PAGE>

3
 Eligibility for Benefits
 ________________________

.1   Eligibility Requirements.  An Eligible Employee is entitled to the 
benefits provided in Article 4 upon his or her Qualifying Termination 
but only if he or she signs and delivers to the Administrator:

(a)  a release or waiver of employment-related claims, in form 
prescribed by the Administrator, and

(b)  an agreement of the type described in Section 4.4(A)(1), in form 
prescribed by the Administrator.

The Administrator may, on a case-by-case basis, elect not to require a 
release pursuant to clause (a) or an agreement pursuant to clause (b).  
Any such election by the Administrator with respect to a particular 
Eligible Employee applies only to that Eligible Employee and does not in 
any way limit the Administrator's right to require any other Eligible 
Employee to provide the release, the agreement or both.

.2   Certain Qualifying Terminations Before Effective Date.  An Eligible 
Employee who (a) experiences a Qualifying Termination after December 31, 
1992 but prior to the Effective Date and (b) did not become an Eligible 
Employee in connection with an acquisition after December 31, 1992, will 
be entitled to all benefits provided by the Plan, except that the cash 
payment determined under Section 4.1 will equal the greater of (y) the 
amount determined in accordance with Section 4.1(A) or (z) his or her 
Base Pay multiplied by a fraction, the numerator of which is the number 
of continuous and complete six-calendar-month periods between the 
Eligible Employee's adjusted date of hire (as reflected in the 
Employer's personnel files) and the Termination Date, and the 
denominator of which is 52.

.3   Special Acquisition Agreement Benefits.  If the definitive 
agreement pursuant to which an Employer acquires any business contains 
special rules applicable to the entitlement to or amount or type of 
severance benefits to be provided to an Eligible Employee who became 
such in connection with the acquisition, those special rules will be 
deemed to be part of the Plan and will be applied in lieu of any 
contrary provisions of the Plan; provided that those special rules will 
automatically expire six months following the date of the definitive 
agreement unless such agreement expressly states otherwise.

.4   Other Special Benefits.  The Administrator may (a) provide 
severance benefits to any Eligible Employee who is not otherwise 
entitled to such benefits and (b) provide severance benefits in excess 
of the amount provided by the Plan to any Eligible Employee who is 
entitled to benefits under the Plan.  In either case, the amount and 
type of such benefits will be determined by the Administrator in his or 
her discretion but will be deemed to be provided pursuant to the Plan.

<PAGE>

4
 Benefits
 ________

.1   Cash Payment.  (A) Subject to Section 4.4, upon his or her 
Qualifying Termination, an Eligible Employee will receive a cash payment 
in an amount equal to the sum of (1) the amount of Base Pay the Eligible 
Employee would have received if he or she had remained employed in the 
same position for the 30 calendar day period following his or her 
Termination Date, plus (2) the amount of the Eligible Employee's Base 
Pay multiplied by a fraction, the numerator of which is his or her "days 
of pay" and the denominator of which is 364.

(A)  For purposes of Subsection (A), "days of pay" with respect to an 
Eligible Employee equals the product of the number of continuous 
calendar years between his or her adjusted date of hire (as reflected in 
the Employer's personnel files) and his or her Termination Date 
multiplied by seven.  For any such period of employment that is less 
than 12 complete calendar months, the following "days of pay" will be 
assigned:

(1)  one "day of pay" if the period includes at least two but less than 
four calendar months;

(2)  two "days of pay" if the period includes at least four but less 
than six calendar months;

(3)  three "days of pay" if the period includes at least six but less 
than eight calendar months;

(4)  four "days of pay" if the period includes at least eight but less 
than ten calendar months; and

(5)  five "days of pay" if the period includes at least ten but less 
than 12 calendar months.

(C)  Upon his or her Qualifying Termination, an Eligible Employee will 
receive an amount, in addition to the amount determined under Subsection 
(A), equal to the amount, if any, by which (1) the Eligible Employee's 
Base Pay exceeds (2) the amount determined under Subsection (A).

(D)  The amount determined under Subsection (A) will be paid (1) in a 
single lump sum payment as soon as administratively practicable after 
the Eligible Employee's Termination Date, or (2) if the Administrator in 
his or her discretion so decides, in periodic payments made on the same 
basis (weekly, semi-monthly or monthly) as such Eligible Employee's Base 
Pay on his or her Termination Date subject to the Administrator's 
retained right to at any time cause any remaining periodic payments to 
be paid in a single lump sum payment; provided, that in no case will 
payments be made or begin before the end of any rescission period 
arising under applicable law or Plan rule in connection with the 
Eligible Employee's release pursuant to clause (a) of Section 3.1.   The 
amount determined under Subsection (C) will be paid in accordance with 
Subsection (D)(1).


.2   Continuation of Welfare Benefits.  Subject to Section 4.4, an 
Eligible Employee who is receiving periodic payments pursuant to Section 
4.1 will be entitled to continue medical, dental and life insurance 
coverage at the same cost and on the same basis as active employees of 
his or her Employer during the period in which periodic payments 
continue.  If coverage is not uniform throughout the Employer, an 
Eligible Employee will be entitled to the same coverage, at the same 
cost and on the same basis, as active employees in the position the 
Eligible Employee left, or in a comparable position if the position has 
been eliminated.  The continuation period under federal and state 
continuation laws, to the extent applicable, will begin to run from the 
date coverage pursuant to this Section 4.2 ends.

.3   Continued Job Posting.  An Eligible Employee who is entitled to 
benefits under this Plan may continue to post for job opportunities with 
any Employer during the "limitation period" (described in Section 
4.4(A)(2)).

.4   Limitation on Benefits.  (A)  (1)  If an Eligible Employee who 
becomes entitled to benefits under the Plan is reemployed during the 
"limitation period" (described in clause (2)) by (a) an Employer, (b) 
any entity from whom an Employer acquired a business or any affiliate of 
such an entity, or (c) any entity that acquired any part of the assets 
or business of an Employer or any affiliate of such an entity, then all 
periodic payments under Section 4.1 will immediately stop.  If the 
Eligible Employee received a lump sum payment from an Employer pursuant 
to Section 4.1, he or she must repay the Employer an amount equal to the 
amount he or she received less the total amount of periodic payments he 
or she would have received through his or her reemployment date had his 
or her benefit been paid in that form.  The Administrator may require 
any Eligible Employee to sign an agreement to make such a repayment as a 
condition to making a lump sum payment but the Administrator's failure 
to do so does not relieve an Eligible Employee of his or her repayment 
obligation.

(1)  For purposes of Subsection (A) and Section 4.3, the "limitation 
period" with respect to an Eligible Employee begins on his or her 
Termination Date and ends on the last day of the last pay period for 
which he or she would have received a periodic payment pursuant to 
Section 4.1 if his or her benefit had been paid periodically (regardless 
of the actual payment form).

(B)  The amount of benefits to which an Eligible Employee would 
otherwise be entitled under the Plan will be reduced by the full amount 
of any benefits the Employer is required to provide to the Eligible 
Employee under any provision of law on account of the termination of 
employment, including, but not limited to, any payments made to satisfy 
an actual or potential claim of an Eligible Employee under the Worker 
Adjustment and Retraining Notification Act, 29 U.S.C.  2101 et seq. 
("WARN"), or a similar law of any state.  The Administrator will, in his 
or her discretion, determine how the reduction will be made.

<PAGE>

5
 Administration
 ______________

.1   Administration.  (A) The Plan will be administered by the Company's 
Senior Vice President of Human Resources, who is the "named fiduciary" 
of the Plan for purposes of ERISA.  The Senior Vice President of Human 
Resources may delegate part or all of his or her administrative 
responsibilities to another individual.  Each delegation must be in 
writing and may apply to a specified individual or the holder of a 
specified position as the delegate.  A designation of the holder of a 
specified position will be deemed to include a designation of the 
successor to the administrative functions of such position if the title 
or functions of such position change.  The designation of a specified 
employee will be revoked automatically if he or she ceases to be an 
employee.

(A)  The Administrator has the discretionary power and authority to 
adopt such rules as he or she deems advisable in connection with the 
administration of the Plan, and to construe, interpret, apply and 
enforce the Plan and any such rules.

(B)  The Administrator will, consistent with the terms of the Plan, in 
his or her discretion, determine whether an individual is entitled to 
benefits under the Plan, and, if so, the amount and duration of, and 
continuing entitlement to, such benefits.  The Administrator's 
determinations will be conclusive and binding on all parties affected by 
the determination.  The Administrator may exercise his or her 
discretionary power and authority on a case-by-case basis.  No decision 
of the Administrator in any way limits or impairs his or her discretion 
relative to future decisions, including those involving similarly 
situated persons.

(C)  The Employers will indemnify and hold harmless the Administrator, 
to the greatest extent permitted by law, against any and all 
liabilities, losses, costs and expenses (including legal fees) of every 
kind and nature that may be imposed on, incurred by or asserted against 
the Administrator at any time by reason of his or her services in 
connection with the Plan, but only if he or she did not act dishonestly 
or in bad faith or in willful violation of the law under which the 
liability, loss, cost or expense arises.  The Employers have the right 
but not the obligation to select counsel and control the defense and 
settlement of any action for which an individual may be entitled to 
indemnification under this provision.

(D)  If any person with administrative authority becomes eligible or 
makes a claim for Plan benefits, he or she will have no authority with 
respect to any matter specifically affecting his or her individual 
interest under the Plan and the Company's Senior Vice President of Human 
Resources will exercise such authority directly, or will designate 
another person to exercise such authority, unless the matter relates to 
his or her interest in the Plan, in which case the Company will 
designate another person to exercise such authority.

.2   Benefit Claims.  A person whose employment relationship with the 
Employers has terminated and who has not been awarded benefits under the 
Plan may, within 60 days after his or her employment has terminated, 
file a written request for severance benefits with the Administrator.  
The Administrator will review such request and will notify the claimant 
of his or her decision within 90 days after such request is filed.  If 
the Administrator denies the claim for severance benefits, the notice of 
the denial will contain

(a)  the specific reason for the denial,

(b)  a specific reference to the provision of the Plan on which denial 
is based,

(c)  a description of any additional information or material necessary 
for the person to perfect his or her claim (and an explanation of why 
such information is material or necessary), and

(d)  an explanation of the Plan's claim review procedure.

If the Administrator determines that a claimant is not eligible for 
benefits, or if the claimant believes that he or she is entitled to 
greater or different benefits, the claimant may file a petition for 
review with the Administrator within 60 days after the claimant receives 
the notice issued by the Administrator.  Within 60 days after the 
Administrator receives the petition, the Administrator will give the 
claimant (and his or her counsel, if any) an opportunity to present his 
or her position to the Administrator orally or in writing, and the 
claimant (or his or her counsel) will have the right to review the 
pertinent documents.  Within 60 days after the hearing (or the date of 
receipt of the petition if the claimant presents his or her position in 
writing) the Administrator will notify the claimant of his or her 
decision in writing, stating the decision and the specific provisions of 
the Plan on which the decision is based.  

.3   Funding.  Benefits payable to an Eligible Employee under this Plan 
will be paid only from the general assets of the Employer with whom he 
or she was employed immediately before his or her Termination Date.  If 
an Eligible Employee was simultaneously employed by more than one 
Employer immediately before his or her Termination Date, each such 
Employer will pay a portion of his or her benefits under the Plan that 
bears the same ratio to his or her Base Pay from the Employer as the 
total payments bear to his or her aggregate Base Pay from all such 
Employers.  No person has any right to or interest in any specific 
assets of any Employer by reason of this Plan.  To the extent benefits 
under this Plan are not paid when due, the person to whom such benefits 
are payable is a general unsecured creditor of the Employer in question 
with respect to the amounts due.

.4   Amendment and Termination. (A) The Company reserves the right to 
amend or terminate the Plan at any time.  The Company's Senior Vice 
President of Human Resources is authorized, on behalf of the Company, to 
amend the Plan in any manner that is not reasonably expected to have a 
material financial impact on an Employer.  Any amendment must be set 
forth in a written instrument and will be effective as of the date 
specified in such instrument.

(A)  No person has any right to benefits under this Plan until he or she 
incurs a Qualifying Termination as an Eligible Employee.  An Eligible 
Employee's right to benefits under this Plan, if any, will be determined 
solely under the provisions of the Plan in effect at the time of his or 
her receipt of Notice of Qualifying Termination and such terms may be 
changed or the Plan may be terminated at any time and to any extent 
before then.
<PAGE>
6
 Miscellaneous
 _____________

.1   No Employment Rights Created.  No Eligible Employee has any right 
to continuing employment with an Employer as a result of this Plan.  
Neither the establishment or continuation of the Plan limits the right 
of any Employer to discharge any Eligible Employee or to otherwise deal 
with him or her without regard to the effect such action might have upon 
him or her with respect to the Plan.

.2   Withholding and Offsets. (A) Each Employer retains the right to 
withhold from any amounts due under the Plan, any income, employment, 
payroll, excise and other taxes as the Employer may, in its sole 
discretion, deem necessary.

(A)  To the full extent permitted by applicable law, each Employer 
retains the right to offset against any amount otherwise due to any 
person under the Plan any amounts then owing and payable by such person 
to the Employer and, as a condition of receiving any benefits under this 
Plan, such person must, if required by the Administrator, sign and 
deliver to the Administrator a consent to such offset.

.3   Integration with Other Benefit Programs.  Benefits payable under 
this Plan, whether paid in a lump sum or in periodic payments, will not 
increase or decrease the benefits otherwise available to an Eligible 
Employee under any Employer's retirement plan, welfare plan or any other 
employee benefit plan or program unless otherwise expressly provided in 
any particular plan or program; provided that an Eligible Employee who 
receives any benefits under this Plan is not eligible to receive 
benefits under any other severance pay plan of the Employer.  Except as 
provided in Section 4.2, payments and benefits provided through any 
Employer's retirement plan, welfare plan or any other employee benefit 
plan or program will be exclusively controlled by the terms of such 
other plan or program.

.4   Binding Plan.  The Plan is for the benefit of, and is enforceable 
by, each Eligible Employee.  An Eligible Employee may not assign any of 
his or her rights or delegate any of his or her obligations under the 
Plan.  If an Eligible Employee dies after becoming entitled to, but 
before receiving, cash payments pursuant to Section 4.1, the cash 
payments and all other benefits under the Plan will immediately cease.

.5   Notices.  For the purposes of the Plan, notices and all other 
communications provided for in, or required under, the Plan must be in 
writing and will be deemed to have been duly given when personally 
delivered or when mailed by United States registered or certified mail, 
return receipt requested, postage prepaid and addressed to an Eligible 
Employee's or an Employer's (as the case may be) respective address 
(provided that all notices to an Employer must be directed to the 
attention of the Administrator).  For purposes of any such notice 
requirement, an Employer will use an Eligible Employee's most current 
address on file in the Employer's personnel records.  Any notice of an 
Eligible Employee's change of address will be effective only upon 
receipt by the Employer.

<PAGE>

METROPOLITAN FINANCIAL CORPORATION
EXECUTIVE MANAGEMENT SEVERANCE PAY PLAN

First Declaration of Amendment
______________________________



Pursuant to resolution of the Metropolitan Financial Corporation Board 
of Directors, the Metropolitan Financial Corporation Executive 
Management Severance Pay Plan is amended by adding a new Section 6.6 
which reads as follows:

"6.6  Special Restrictions.  Notwithstanding any other provision of the 
Plan to the contrary, the provisions of this Section 6.6 apply in the 
case of any  Eligible Employee who is employed by an Employer that is a 
"savings association" within the meaning of 12 USC  1813(b)(1) (an 
"Association") to the extent a benefit is otherwise required to be 
provided to the Eligible Employee by the Association.

(1)  The Association's board of directors may terminate the Eligible 
Employee's employment at any time, but any termination by the 
Association's board of directors, other than termination for cause, 
shall not prejudice the Eligible Employee's right to benefits under the 
Plan.  The Eligible Employee shall have no right to receive compensation 
or other benefits for any period after termination for cause.  
Termination for cause shall include termination because of the Eligible 
Employee's personal dishonesty, incompetence, willful misconduct, breach 
of fiduciary duty involving personal profit, intentional failure to 
perform stated duties, willful violation of any law, rule, or regulation 
(other than traffic violations or similar offenses) or final cease-and-
desist order, or material breach of any provision of an employment 
contract.

(2)  If the Eligible Employee is suspended and/or temporarily prohibited 
from participating in the conduct of the Association's affairs by a 
notice served under section 8(e)(3) or (g)(1) of the Federal Deposit 
Insurance Act (12 USC  1818(e)(3) and (g)(1)), the Association's 
obligations under the Plan shall be suspended as of the date of service 
unless stayed by appropriate proceedings.  If the charges in the notice 
are dismissed, the Association may in its discretion (1) pay the 
Eligible Employee all or part of the benefits withheld while its 
contract obligations were suspended and (2) reinstate (in whole or in 
part) any of its obligations which were suspended.

(3)  If the Eligible Employee is removed and/or permanently prohibited 
from participating in the conduct of the Association's affairs by an 
order issued under section 8(e)(4) or (g)(1) of the Federal Deposit 
Insurance Act (12 USC  1818(e)(4) or (g)(1)), all obligations of the 
Association under the Plan shall terminate as of the effective date of 
the order, but vested rights of the Eligible Employee shall not be 
affected.

(4)  If the Association is in default (as defined in section 3(x)(1) of 
the Federal Deposit Insurance Act), all obligations under the Plan shall 
terminate as of the date of default, but this clause (d) shall not 
affect any vested rights of the Eligible Employee.

(5)  All obligations under the Plan shall be terminated, except to the 
extent determined that continuation of the Plan is necessary for the 
continued operation of the Association:

(1)by the Director of the Office of Thrift Supervision or his or her 
designee, at the time the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation or the 
Resolution Trust Corporation enters into an agreement to provide 
assistance to or on behalf of the Association under the authority 
contained in section 13(c) of the Federal Deposit Insurance Act; or

(2)by such Director or his or her designee, at the time the Director or 
his or her designee approves a supervisory merger to resolve problems 
related to operation of the Association or when the Association is 
determined by the Director to be in an unsafe or unsound condition.

Any rights of the parties that have already vested, however, shall not 
be affected by such action.

(6)  Any payments made by the Association to the Eligible Employee 
pursuant to the Plan, or otherwise, are subject to and conditioned upon 
their compliance with 12 USC  1828(k) and any regulations promulgated 
thereunder."

The foregoing amendment is effective as of March 23, 1993.



<PAGE>

METROPOLITAN FINANCIAL CORPORATION
EXECUTIVE MANAGEMENT SEVERANCE PAY PLAN

Second Declaration of Amendment
_______________________________

Pursuant to resolution of the Metropolitan Financial Corporation Board 
of Directors, the Metropolitan Financial Corporation Executive 
Management Severance Pay Plan is amended in the following manner:



(ii)  Section 2.7 is amended to read as follows:

"2.7Eligible Employee.  An "Eligible Employee" is an individual who 
performs services for an Employer as a common law employee and (a) is 
classifed as a "regular" employee pursuant to the Employer's applicable 
employment policies, and (b) has a salary grade classification of 21 or 
above."

(iii)  Section 4.1(B) is amended to read as follows:

"(B)For purposes of Subsection (A), "days of pay" with respect to an 
Eligible Employee equals the product of the number of continuous 
calendar years between his or her adjusted date of hire (as reflected in 
the Employer's personnel files and, if applicable, as limited by 
Appendix A) and his or her Termination Date multiplied by seven.  For 
any such period of employment that is less than 12 complete calendar 
months, the following "days of pay" will be assigned:

(1)one "day of pay" if the period includes at least two but less than 
four calendar months;

(2)two "days of pay" if the period includes at least four but less than 
six calendar months;

(3)three "days of pay" if the period includes at least six but less than 
eight calendar months;

(4)four "days of pay" if the period includes at least eight but less 
than ten calendar months; and

(5)five "days of pay" if the period includes at least ten but less than 
12 calendar months."

(iv)  A new Appendix A is added to the Plan as follows:

"Appendix A

Limitation on Adjusted Date of Hire
for Certain Eligible Employees

For purposes of determining "days of pay" under Section 4.1(B) of the 
Plan, the adjusted date of hire of an Eligible Employee who was employed 
with an acquired entity named below immediately prior to employment with 
an Employer will in no case precede the date indicated.

Acquired Entity   Earliest Adjusted Date of Hire  

Rocky Mountain Bank, FSB
or any related entity          December 16, 1988"


The foregoing amendments are effective as of January 1, 1994.




<PAGE>
METROPOLITAN FINANCIAL CORPORATION
EXECUTIVE MANAGEMENT
CHANGE IN CONTROL SEVERANCE PAY PLAN


As Adopted Effective as of March 23, 1993

<PAGE>
METROPOLITAN FINANCIAL CORPORATION
EXECUTIVE MANAGEMENT
CHANGE IN CONTROL SEVERANCE PAY PLAN

Table of Contents
_________________

                                                                    Page

ARTICLE 1 Introduction                                                 1

     1.1  Plan Name                                                    1
     1.2  Plan Type                                                    1
     1.3  Plan Purposes                                                1

ARTICLE 2 Definitions, Construction and Interpretations                2

     2.1  Affiliate                                                    2
     2.2  Annual Base Salary                                           2
     2.3  Benefit Plan                                                 2
     2.4  Board                                                        2
     2.5  Cause                                                        2
     2.6  Change in Control                                            3
     2.7  Code                                                         4
     2.8  Company                                                      4
     2.9  Date of Termination                                          4
     2.10 Eligible Participant                                         5
     2.11 ERISA                                                        5
     2.12 Exchange Act                                                 5
     2.13 Good Reason                                                  5
     2.14 Governing Law                                                6
     2.15 Headings                                                     6
     2.16 Notice of Termination                                        7
     2.17 Number and Gender                                            7
     2.18 Parent Corporation                                           7
     2.19 Participant                                                  7
     2.20 Plan                                                         7
     2.21 Person                                                       7
     2.22 Qualified Employee                                           7
     2.23 Successor                                                    7

ARTICLE 3 Participation and Eligibility for Benefits                   8

     3.1  Commencement of Participation                                8
     3.2  Ceasing to be a Qualified Employee                           8
     3.3  Eligibility for Benefits                                     8

ARTICLE 4 Benefits                                                     9

     4.1  Compensation and Benefits Before Date of Termination         9
     4.2  Cash Payment                                                 9
     4.3  Continuation of Welfare Benefits                             9
     4.4  Pension Plans                                               10
     4.5  Out Placement Counseling Services                           10
     4.6  Gross-Up Payments                                           10
     4.7  Indemnification                                             11

ARTICLE 5 Administration and Enforcement of Rights                    12

     5.1  Plan Administration                                         12  
     5.2  Duration and Amendment                                      12
     5.3  Benefit Claims                                              12
     5.4  Disputes                                                    13
     5.5  Funding and Payment                                         13

ARTICLE 6 Miscellaneous                                               15

     6.1  Successors                                                  15 
     6.2  Binding Plan                                                15   
     6.3  Validity                                                    15
     6.4  No Mitigation                                               15
     6.5  No Set-off                                                  15
     6.6  Taxes                                                       15
     6.7  Notices                                                     15
     6.8  Effect of Plan Benefits on Other Severance Plans            16 
     6.9  Related Plans                                               16
     6.10 No Employment or Service Contract                           16 
     6.11 Survival                                                    16
     6.12 Effect on Other Plans                                       16
     6.13 Prohibition of Alienation                                   16

<PAGE>
METROPOLITAN FINANCIAL CORPORATION
EXECUTIVE MANAGEMENT
CHANGE IN CONTROL SEVERANCE PAY PLAN



1
Introduction
____________

.1  Plan Name.  The name of the Plan is the "Metropolitan Financial
Corporation Executive Management Change in Control Severance Pay Plan."

.2  Plan Type.  The Plan is unfunded and is maintained by the Company 
primarily for the purpose of providing benefits for a select group of
management or highly compensated employees.  As such, the Plan is intended
to be exempt from the provisions of Parts 2 through 4 of Subtitle B of
Title I and from Title IV of ERISA by operation of sections 201(2),
302(a)(3), 401(a)(1) and 4021(b)(6) thereof, respectively. 

.3  Plan Purposes.  The Board considers the attraction and retention of a
strong executive management team to be essential to protecting and enhancing 
the best interests of the Company and its stockholders.  In this connection, 
the Board recognizes that absent adequate assurances and protections, the 
possibility of a Change in Control may inhibit the Company's fulfillment of 
this essential objective.  To this end, the Company has established this 
Plan to:

     (a)      Permit the Company to effectively recruit and retain 
          executive management personnel who, in the absence of adequate 
          assurances and protections, may be deterred by the possibility of a 
          Change in Control from accepting or continuing employment with the 
          Company;

     (b)      Enable executive management to evaluate objectively whether 
          a potential change in control is in the best interests of the Parent 
          Corporation and its shareholders;

     (c)      Assure the Parent Corporation and its shareholders of 
          continuity of executive management in the event of an actual or 
          threatened change in control; and

     (d)      Ease the transition to new employment for executive 
          management personnel terminated as a result of a Change in Control.  

<PAGE>
2
Definitions, Construction and Interpretations
_____________________________________________

The definitions and rules of construction and interpretation set forth in this 
Article 2 apply in construing the Plan unless the context otherwise indicates.  

.1   Affiliate.  An "Affiliate" is:
      (a)      any corporation at least a majority of whose securities 
           having ordinary voting power for the election of directors is owned 
           directly or indirectly by the Parent Corporation; or

      (b)      any other form of business entity in which the Parent 
           Corporation, by virtue of a direct or indirect ownership interest,
           has the right to elect a majority of the members of such entity's
           governing body.

.2  Annual Base Salary.  A Participant's "Annual Base Salary" is his or 
her annual base cash salary from the Company attributable to services 
rendered as an employee of the Company at the rate in effect (a) immediately
prior to the Change in Control or (b) at the time Notice of Termination is
given, whichever is greater, disregarding any decrease which constitutes
Good Reason for the Participant's termination of employment and determined
before any reduction for contributions or deferrals, whether voluntarily or
involuntarily, pursuant to any Benefit Plan.

.3  Benefit Plan.  A "Benefit Plan" is any compensation plan (such as a
stock option, stock purchase, restricted stock or other equity-based plan),
any employee benefit plan (such as a thrift, savings, profit sharing,
pension, medical, dental, disability, accident, life insurance, relocation,
salary continuation, expense reimbursement, vacation, fringe benefit, office
and support staff plan or policy) or any other plan, program, policy,
practice, perquisite or agreement of the Company intended to benefit
employees (and/or their families or dependents) generally, executive
management employees (and/or their families or dependents) as a group or a
Participant (and/or a Participant's family or dependents) in particular.  

.4  Board.  The "Board" is the board of directors of the Parent 
Corporation duly qualified and acting at the time in question.

.5  Cause.  (A) Subject to Subsection (B), "Cause" with respect to a
particular Participant is any of the following:

      (1)      the Participant's gross misconduct which is materially and 
           demonstrably injurious to the Company; 

      (2)      the Participant's willful and continued failure to perform 
           substantially his or her duties with the Company (other than a
           failure resulting from the Participant's incapacity due to 
           bodily injury or physical or mental illness) after a demand 
           for substantial performance is delivered to the Participant by 
           the Board which specifically identifies the manner in which the
           Board believes that the Participant has not substantially 
           performed his or her duties and provides for a reasonable period 
           of time within which the Participant may take corrective 
           measures; or 

      (3)      the Participant's conviction (including a plea of nolo 
           contendere) of willfully engaging in illegal conduct constituting a 
           felony or gross misdemeanor under federal or state law which is 
           materially and demonstrably injurious to the Company or which 
           impairs the Participant's ability to perform substantially his 
           or her duties with the Company.

An act or failure to act will be considered "gross" or "willful" for this 
purpose only if done, or omitted to be done, by the Participant in bad faith 
and without reasonable belief that it was in, or not opposed to, the best 
interests of the Company.  Any act, or failure to act, based upon authority 
given pursuant to a resolution duly adopted by the board of directors or 
governing body of any Company (or any committee thereof) or based upon the 
advice of counsel for the Company will be conclusively presumed to be done, or 
omitted to be done, by the Participant in good faith and in the best interests 
of the Company.  A Participant's attention to matters not directly related to 
the business of the Company will not provide a basis for termination for Cause 
so long as the Board did not expressly disapprove in writing of his or her 
engagement in such activities either before or within a reasonable period of 
time after the Board knew or could reasonably have known that the Participant 
engaged in those activities.

     (B)Notwithstanding Subsection (A), a Participant will not be 
deemed to have been terminated for Cause unless and until there has been 
delivered to such Participant a copy of a resolution duly adopted by the 
affirmative vote of not less than a majority of the entire membership of 
the Board at a meeting of the Board called and held for such purpose 
(after reasonable notice to such Participant and an opportunity for such 
Participant, together with his or her counsel, to be heard before the 
Board), finding that in the good faith opinion of the Board such 
Participant was guilty of the conduct set forth in clause (1), (2) or 
(3) of Subsection (A) and specifying the particulars thereof in detail.

.6 Change in Control.  (A) "Change in Control" is any of the following:  

     (1)      the sale, lease, exchange or other transfer, directly or 
          indirectly, of all or substantially all of the assets of the Parent 
          Corporation, in one transaction or in a series of related 
          transactions, to any Person;

     (2)      the approval by the stockholders of the Parent Corporation 
          of any plan or proposal for the liquidation or dissolution of the 
          Parent Corporation; 

     (3)       any Person is or becomes the "beneficial owner" (as defined 
          in Rule 13d-3 under the Exchange Act), directly or indirectly, of 
          (a) 20 percent or more, but not more than 50 percent, of the 
          combined voting power of the Parent Corporation's outstanding 
          securities ordinarily having the right to vote at elections of 
          directors, unless the transaction resulting in such ownership has
          been approved in advance by the "continuity directors," as defined
          at Subsection (B), or (b) more than 50 percent of the combined 
          voting power of the Parent Corporation's outstanding securities 
          ordinarily having the right to vote at elections of directors 
          (regardless of any approval by the continuity directors);

    (4)       a merger or consolidation to which the Parent Corporation is 
          a party if the stockholders of the Parent Corporation immediately 
          prior to the effective date of such merger or consolidation have
          "beneficial ownership" (as defined in Rule 13d-3 under the Exchange
          Act) immediately following the effective date of such merger or 
          consolidation of securities of the surviving company representing
          (a) 50 percent or more, but not more than 80 percent, of the 
          combined voting power of the surviving corporation's then 
          outstanding securities ordinarily having the right to vote at 
          elections of directors, unless such merger or consolidation has 
          been approved in advance by the continuity directors, or (b) less
          than 50 percent of the combined voting power of the surviving
          corporation's then outstanding securities ordinarily having the 
          right to vote at elections of directors (regardless of any by the
          continuity directors); 

     (5)      the continuity directors cease for any reason to constitute 
          at least a majority the Board; or

     (6)      a change in control of a nature that is determined by 
          outside legal counsel to the Parent Corporation to be required 
          pursuant to section 13 or 15(d) of the Exchange Act, whether or
          not the Parent Corporation is then subject to such reporting 
          requirement. 

     (B)      For purposes of this section, a "continuity director" means 
          any individual who is a member of the Board on May 5, 1993, while 
          he or she is a member of the Board, and any individual who 
          subsequently becomes a member of the Board whose election or 
          nomination for election by the Parent Corporation's stockholders 
          was approved by a vote of at least a majority of the directors 
          who are continuity directors (either by a specific vote or by 
          approval of the proxy statement of the Parent Corporation in 
          which such individual is named as a nominee for director without 
          objection to such nomination).

.7   Code.  The "Code" is the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended. 
Any reference to a specific provision of the Code includes a reference to
such provision as it may be amended from time to time and to any successor 
provision.

.8   Company.  The "Company" is the Parent Corporation, any Affiliate 
and any Successor.

.9   Date of Termination.  The "Date of Termination" with respect to a 
Participant means:  

       (a)      if the Participant's employment is to be terminated by the 
            Participant for Good Reason, the date specified in the Notice of 
            Termination which in no event may be a date more than 60 days 
            after the date on which Notice of Termination is given unless 
            the Company agrees in writing to a later date;

       (b)      if the Participant's employment is to be terminated by the 
            Company for Cause, the date specified in the Notice of 
            Termination; 


       (c)      if the Participant's employment is terminated by reason of 
            death, the date of death; or

       (d)      if the Participant's employment is to be terminated by the 
            Company for any reason other than Cause or death, the date
            specified in the Notice of Termination, which in no event may be a
            date earlier than 60 days after the date on which a Notice of
            Termination is given, unless the Participant expressly agrees 
            in writing to an earlier date.

In the case of termination by the Company of a Participant's employment for 
Cause, if the Participant has not previously expressly agreed in writing to 
the termination, then within the 30-day period after the Participant's receipt 
of the Notice of Termination, the Participant may notify the Company that a 
dispute exists concerning the termination, in which event the Date of 
Termination will be the date set either by mutual written agreement of the 
parties or by the arbitrators or a court in a proceeding as provided in 
Section 5.4.

.10    Eligible Participant.  An "Eligible Participant" is a Participant 
who has become eligible to receive benefits pursuant to Section 3.3.

.11   ERISA.  "ERISA" is the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 
1974, as amended.  Any reference to a specific provision of ERISA includes 
a reference to such provision as it may be amended from time to time and 
to any successor provision.

.12  Exchange Act.  The "Exchange Act" is the Securities Exchange Act of 
1934, as amended.  Any reference to a specific provision of the Exchange 
Act or to any rule or regulation thereunder includes a reference to such 
provision as it may be amended from time to time and to any successor 
provision.

.13  Good Reason.  (A) Subject to Subsection (B), "Good Reason" with 
respect to a Participant is any of the following:

       (1)      an adverse change in the Participant's status or position 
            as an executive of the Company as in effect immediately prior to 
            the Change in Control, including, without limitation, any 
            adverse change in the Participant's status or position as a 
            result of a material diminution in his or her duties or 
            responsibilities (other than, if applicable, any such change 
            directly attributable to the fact that the Company is no longer 
            publicly owned) or the assignment to the Participant of duties 
            or responsibilities which, in such Participant's reasonable
            judgment, are inconsistent with such status or position, or any
            of the Participant from or any failure to reappoint or reelect the 
            Participant to such position (except in connection with the 
            termination of his or her employment for Cause or as a result of
            his or her death or by a Participant other than for Good Reason);
            however, Good Reason does not include an adverse change in a 
            Participant's status or position caused by an insubstantial and 
            inadvertent action that is remedied by the Company promptly 
            after receipt of notice of such change is given by the 
            Participant;

       (2)      a reduction by the Company in the Participant's Annual Base 
            Salary, or an adverse change in the form or timing of the payment 
            thereof, as in effect immediately prior to the Change in Control 
            or as thereafter increased;

       (3)      the failure by the Company to continue in effect any Benefit 
            Plan in which the Participant (and/or his or her family or 
            dependents) is participating at any time during the 90-day 
            period immediately preceding the Change in Control (or Benefit 
            Plans providing a Participant (and/or his or her family or 
            dependents) with at least substantially similar benefits) other 
            than as a result of the normal expiration of any such Benefit 
            Plan in accordance with its terms as in effect immediately prior 
            to the 90-day period immediately preceding the Change in Control,
            or the taking of any action, or the failure to act, by the 
            Company which would adversely affect a Participant's (and/or his
            or her family's or dependent's) continued participation in any 
            of such Benefit Plans on at least as favorable a basis to such 
            Participant (and/or his or her family or dependents) as is the 
            case immediately prior to the Change in Control or which would 
            materially reduce a Participant's (and/or his or her family's 
            or dependent's) benefits in the future under any of such Benefit 
            Plans or deprive a Participant (and/or his or her family or 
            dependents) of any material benefit enjoyed by such Participant 
            (and/or his or her family or dependents) immediately prior to 
            the Change in Control;

       (4)      the Company's requiring a Participant to be based more than 
            30 miles from where his or her office is located immediately 
            prior to the Change in Control, except for required travel on 
            the Company's business, and then only to the extent substantially
            consistent with the business travel obligations which the 
            Participant undertook on behalf of the Company during the 90-day 
            period immediately preceding the Change in Control (without 
            regard to travel related to or in anticipation of the Change in 
            Control);

       (5)      the failure of the Parent Company to obtain from any 
            Successor the assent to this Plan contemplated by Section 6.1;

       (6)      any purported termination by the Company of a Participant's 
            employment which is not properly effected pursuant to a Notice of 
            Termination and pursuant to any other requirements of this Plan, 
            and for purposes of this Plan, no such purported termination 
            will be effective; or

       (7)      the Participant's termination of employment with the Company 
            for any reason other than death during the twenty-fourth month 
            following the month during which the Change in Control occurs. 

       (B)A Participant's continued employment does not constitute consent 
to, or waiver of any rights arising in connection with, circumstance 
constituting Good Reason.  Termination by a Participant of his or her 
employment for Good Reason as defined in this section will constitute Good 
Reason for all purposes of this Plan, notwithstanding that the Participant 
may also thereby be deemed to have "retired" under any applicable retirement 
programs of the Company.

.14  Governing Law.  To the extent that state law is not preempted by 
provisions of ERISA or any other laws of the United States, this Plan will 
be administered, construed, and enforced according to the internal, 
substantive laws of the State of Minnesota, without regard to its conflict 
of laws rules.

.15   Headings.  The headings of articles and sections are included solely 
for convenience.  If there is a conflict between the headings and the text 
of the Plan, the text will control.

.16  Notice of Termination.  A "Notice of Termination" is a written notice 
which indicates the specific termination provision in this Plan pursuant to 
which the notice is given.  Any purported termination by the Company or by a 
Participant following a Change in Control (or prior to a Change in Control if
a Participant's termination was either a condition of the Change in Control or 
was at the request or insistence of any Person related to the Change in 
Control) must be communicated by written Notice of Termination to be 
effective; provided, that a Participant's failure to provide Notice of 
Termination will not limit any of his or her rights under the Plan except to 
the extent the Company can demonstrate that it suffered material actual 
damages by reason of such failure.

.17   Number and Gender.  Wherever appropriate, the singular number may be 
read as the plural, the plural number may be read as the singular and a 
reference to one gender may be read as a reference to the other.

.18   Parent Corporation.  The "Parent Corporation" is Metropolitan 
Financial Corporation and any Successor.

.19   Participant.  A "Participant" is a Qualified Employee who is 
participating in the Plan pursuant to Article 3.

.20   Plan.  The "Plan" is that set forth in this instrument as it may 
be amended from time to time.

.21   Person.  A "Person" includes any individual, corporation, 
partnership, group, association or other "person," as such term is used in 
section 14(d) of the Exchange Act, other than the Parent Corporation, any 
Affiliate of the Parent Corporation or any Benefit Plan sponsored by the 
Parent Corporation or an Affiliate.

.22   Qualified Employee. A "Qualified Employee" is an individual employed
by the Company on a full-time basis at a salary grade of 20 or higher.  If 
an individual is a Qualified Employee immediately prior to a Change in 
Control, he or she will continue to be a Qualified Employee until his or 
her Date of Termination.

.23   Successor.  A "Successor" is any Person that succeeds to, or has 
the practical ability to control (either immediately or with the passage of 
time), the Parent Corporation's business directly, by merger, consolidation 
or other form of business combination, or indirectly, by purchase of the 
Parent Corporation's outstanding securities ordinarily having the right to 
vote at the election of directors, all or substantially all of its assets or 
otherwise.

<PAGE>

3
Participation and Eligibility for Benefits
__________________________________________

.1   Commencement of Participation.  Each Qualified Employee will commence 
participation in the Plan on the first day on which he or she performs services
for the Company as a Qualified Employee.

.2   Ceasing to be a Qualified Employee.  (A) A Participant who ceases for 
any reason to be a Qualified Employee will, except with respect to any 
current or future benefit to which he or she is then entitled, thereupon 
cease his or her participation in the Plan.

      (B)  Notwithstanding any other provision of the Plan to the contrary, a 
Participant will cease to be a Qualified Employee if, prior to a Change in 
Control:  (1) an Affiliate is sold, merged, transferred or in any other manner 
or for any other reason ceases to be an Affiliate and no Change in Control 
occurs in connection therewith; (2) the Participant's primary employment 
duties are with the Affiliate at the time of the occurrence of such event;
and (3) such Participant does not, in conjunction therewith, transfer 
employment directly to the Company.

.3   Eligibility for Benefits.  A Participant will become eligible for the 
benefits provided in Article 4 if (a) (i) his or her employment with the 
Company is terminated for any reason other than his or her death or Cause or 
(ii) the Participant terminates employment with the Company for Good Reason, 
and (b) such termination occurs either (i) within the period beginning on 
the date of a Change in Control and ending on the last day of the 
twenty-fourth month that begins after the month in which the Change in 
Control occurs or (ii) prior to a Change in Control if such termination was 
either a condition of the Change in Control or was at the request or 
insistence of a Person related to the Change in Control.

<PAGE>

4
Benefits
________

.1    Compensation and Benefits Before Date of Termination.  During the 
period beginning on the date an Eligible Participant or the Company, as the 
case may be, receives Notice of Termination and ending on the Date of 
Termination, the Company will continue to pay the Eligible Participant his or 
her Annual Base Salary and cause his or her continued participation in all 
Benefit Plans in accordance with the terms of such Benefit Plans.

.2   Cash Payment.  (A)  The Company will make a lump-sum cash payment to 
an Eligible Participant in an amount equal to three times the sum of (1) 
the Participant's Annual Base Salary plus (2) the maximum annual cash target 
or incentive bonus that could be payable to the Participant for the annual 
performance period that includes the date on which Notice of Termination is 
given or, if greater, the Eligible Participant's actual annual cash target 
or incentive bonus for the immediately preceding annual performance period.

       (A)  The payment provided for in Subsection (A) will be made no 
later than the thirtieth day following the Eligible Participant's Date 
of Termination; provided, however, that if the amount of such payment 
cannot be finally determined on or before such day, the Company will pay 
to the Eligible Participant on such day an estimate, as determined in 
good faith by the Company, of the amount of such payment and will pay
 the remainder (together with interest from the date of such estimated 
payment at the rate provided in Code section 1274(b)(2)(B)) as soon as 
the amount thereof can be determined but in no event later than 60 days 
after the Date of Termination.  If the amount of the estimated payment 
exceeds the amount subsequently determined to have been due, such excess 
will constitute a loan by the Company to the Eligible Participant 
payable no later than 30 days after demand by the Company (together with 
interest from the date of such estimated payment at the rate provided in 
Code section 1274(b)(2)(B)).

.3   Continuation of Welfare Benefits.  (A)  During the period described in 
Subsection (B), the Company will maintain welfare Benefit Plans (including, 
without limitation, medical, vision, dental, life, disability and accidental 
death and dismemberment plans) which by their terms cover each Eligible 
Participant (and his or her family members and dependents who were eligible 
to be covered at any time during the 90-day period immediately prior to a 
Change in Control under the corresponding plan) under terms and at a cost to
the Eligible Participant and his or her family members and dependents that 
is at least as favorable as the most favorable terms and cost in effect at 
any time during the 90-day period immediately preceding the Change in 
Control.  The continuation period under federal and state continuation laws, 
to the extent applicable, will be gin to run from the date on which coverage 
pursuant to this Section 4.3 ends.

       (A)  For purposes of Subsection (A), the continuation period with 
respect to any particular type of benefit is the period beginning on an 
Eligible Participant's Date of Termination and ending on the earlier of 
(1) the last day of the thirty-sixth month following the month in which 
the Date of Termination occurs or (2) the date on which the Eligible 
Participant becomes covered under a plan of another employer providing 
such benefit to the Eligible Participant and his or her eligible family 
members and dependents without any pre-existing condition limitation or 
exclusion.

       (B)  To the extent an Eligible Participant incurs a tax liability 
(including federal, state and local taxes and any interest and penalties 
with respect thereto) in connection with a benefit provided pursuant to 
Subsection (A) which he or she would not have incurred had he or she 
been an active employee of the Company participating in a generally 
applicable Benefit Plan, the Company will make a payment to the Eligible 
Participant in an amount equal to such tax liability plus an additional 
amount sufficient to permit the Eligible Participant to retain a net 
amount after all taxes (including penalties and interest) equal to the 
initial tax liability in connection with the benefit.  For purposes of 
applying the foregoing, an Eligible Participant's tax rate will be 
deemed to be the highest statutory marginal state and federal tax rate 
(on a combined basis) then in effect.  The payment pursuant to this 
subsection will be made within 30 days after the Eligible Participant's 
remittal of a written request therefor accompanied by a statement 
indicating the basis for and amount of the liability.

.4    Pension Plans.  An Eligible Participant will be credited with three 
additional years of service for all purposes (including eligibility,
vesting, benefit accrual and amount and entitlement to rights and features) 
under any Benefit Plan that constitutes a "pension plan" within the meaning 
of ERISA section 3(2).  To the extent that the Company determines in good 
faith that such service credit will cause any such Benefit Plan to lose its 
qualified status under Code section 401(a), the Eligible Participant will 
not be entitled to such credit but will be entitled to a cash payment from the 
Company, made at the same time as the cash payment pursuant to Section 4.2, 
in an amount equal to the actuarially equivalent (as determined in accordance
with the provisions of the Metropolitan Financial Corporation Pension Plan in
effect immediately prior to the Change in Control) lump sum value of the 
benefits lost.

.5   Out Placement Counseling Services.  The Company will pay up to 30 
percent of an Eligible Employee's Annual Base Salary for individual out 
placement counseling to the Eligible Participant.  Such payments will be made
either directly to the counselor or to the Eligible Participant upon 
presentation of an invoice for services rendered or to be rendered.

.6   Gross-Up Payments.  The Company will cause its independent auditors 
promptly to review, at the Company's sole expense, the applicability of Code 
section 4999 to payments pursuant to the Plan.  If such auditors determine 
that any payment or distribution of any type by the Company to or for the 
benefit of an Eligible Participant, whether paid or payable or distributed 
or distributable pursuant to the terms of the Plan, any Benefit Plan or 
otherwise (the "Total Payments"), would be subject to the excise tax imposed
by Code section 4999 or any comparable state or local law, or any interest or 
penalties with respect to such excise tax (such excise tax together with any 
such interest and penalties, are collectively referred to as the "Excise 
Tax"), the Company will make an additional cash payment (a "Gross-Up 
Payment") to the Eligible Participant within 30 days after such determination
equal to an amount such that after payment by the Eligible Participant of 
all taxes (including any interest or penalties imposed with respect to such 
taxes), including any Excise Tax, imposed upon the Gross Payment, the 
Eligible Participant would retain an amount of the Gross-Up Payment equal to 
the Excise Tax imposed upon the Total Payments.  For purposes of the 
foregoing determination, an Eligible Participant's tax rate will be deemed 
to be the highest statutory marginal state and federal tax rate (on a 
combined basis) then in effect.  If no determination by the Company's auditors 
is made prior to the time a tax return reflecting the Total Payments is 
required to be filed by the Eligible Participant, he or she will be entitled 
to receive from the Company a Gross-Up Payment calculated on the basis of the 
Total Payments he or she reported in such tax return, within 30 days of the 
filing of such tax return.  In all events, if any tax authority determines 
that a greater Excise Tax should be imposed upon the Total Payments than is 
determined by the Company's independent auditors or reflected in the Eligible 
Participants' tax return pursuant to this Section 4.6, the Eligible 
Participant is entitled to receive from the Company the full Gross-Up Payment 
calculated on the basis of the amount of Excise Tax determined to be payable 
by such tax authority within 30 days after such determination.

.7    Indemnification.  The Company will indemnify and advance expenses to 
an Eligible Participant to the full extent permitted by law for damages, 
costs and expenses (including, without limitation, judgments, fines, 
penalties, settlements and reasonable fees and expenses of the Participant's 
counsel) incurred in connection with all matters, events and transactions 
relating to such Eligible Participant's service to or status with the Company
or any other corporation, employee benefit plan or other entity with whom the
Eligible Participant served at the request of the Company.

<PAGE>
5
Administration and Enforcement of Rights
________________________________________

.1  Plan Administration.  The Board has the power and authority to 
construe, interpret and administer the Plan.  Prior to a Change in Control, 
the Board may delegate such power and authority to any committee or 
individual but such delegation will automatically cease to be effective at 
the time of the Change in Control and thereafter the Board's duties are not 
delegable.  Prior to (but not after) a Change in Control, the power and 
authority of the Board and any individual or committee to whom such power 
and authority is in whole or in part delegated is discretionary as to all 
matters.

.2  Duration and Amendment.  (A)  This Plan is effective as of March 23, 
1993 and will remain in effect until December 31, 1995.  Beginning on 
January 1, 1994 and on each subsequent January 1, the term of this Plan will 
automatically be extended for an additional calendar year unless the Board 
gives written notice to all Participants not less than 90 days prior to any 
such date of automatic extension that the term of the Plan will not be so 
extended.  In any event, the term of the Plan cannot and will not expire 
within the period beginning on the date of a Change in Control and ending on 
the last day of the twenty-fourth month that begins after the month in which
the Change in Control occurs.

      (A)The Board may amend the Plan from time to time in such respects as
the Board may deem advisable; provided, first, that no amendment that 
reduces, either directly or indirectly, a benefit or right to a benefit 
provided or that may be provided under the Plan to any Qualified Employee 
will be effective with respect to that Qualified Employee if a Change in 
Control occurs within the 24-month period immediately following the later of 
the date on which the amendment is adopted or the date on which the amendment
is effective; and, second, that on and after the date of a Change in Control,
the Plan may be amended only if each Participant and Eligible Participant is 
provided with written notice of the amendment (which must include a complete
and accurate description of the amendment and its intended and potential 
affects on Participants and Eligible Participants and a copy of the proposed 
amendment) at least 90 days before the adoption of the amendment and the 
amendment is approved by the affirmative vote of not less than 80 percent of
all Participants and Eligible Participants.

.3  Benefit Claims.  A person whose employment relationship with the 
Company has terminated and who has not been awarded benefits under the Plan 
or who objects to the amount of the benefits so awarded may, within 60 days 
after his or her employment has terminated, file a written request for 
benefits with the Board.  The Board will review such request and will notify 
the claimant of its decision within 10 days after such request is filed.  If 
the Board denies the claim for benefits, the notice of the denial will 
contain

      (a)      the specific reason for the denial,

      (b)      a specific reference to the provision of the Plan on which 
           denial is based,

      (c)      a description of any additional information or material 
           necessary for the person to perfect his or her claim (and an 
           explanation of why such information is material or necessary), and

      (d)      an explanation of the Plan's claim review procedure.

If the Board determines that a claimant is not eligible for benefits, or if 
the claimant believes that he or she is entitled to greater or different 
benefits, the claimant may file a petition for review with the Board within 60 
days after the claimant receives the notice issued by the Board.  Within 10 
days after the Board receives the petition, the Board will give the claimant 
(and his or her counsel, if any) an opportunity to present his or her position 
to the Board orally or in writing, and the claimant (or his or her counsel) 
will have the right to review the pertinent documents.  Within 10 days after 
the hearing (or the date of receipt of the petition if the claimant presents 
his or her position in writing) the Board will notify the claimant of its 
decision in writing, stating the decision and the specific provisions of the 
Plan on which the decision is based.

.4  Disputes.  (A) If a Participant so elects, any dispute or controversy 
arising under or in connection with this Plan will be settled exclusively by
arbitration in accordance with the rules of the  American Arbitration 
Association then in effect.  Judgment may be entered on the arbitrator's 
award in any court having jurisdiction; provided, that a Participant may 
seek specific performance of his or her right to receive compensation or 
benefits until the Date of Termination during the pendency of any dispute or 
controversy arising under or in connection with the Plan.  If any dispute, 
controversy or claim for damages arising under or in connection with this 
Plan is settled by arbitration, all expenses incurred and related to such 
arbitration will be paid by the Company.  

      (A)If a Participant does not elect arbitration, he or she may 
pursue all available legal remedies.  The Company will pay or reimburse 
each Participant for all reasonable legal fees, court costs, experts' 
fees and related costs and expenses incurred by such Participant in 
connection with any actual, threatened or contemplated litigation 
relating to this Plan to which the Participant is or reasonably expects 
to become a party, whether or not initiated by the Participant, if the 
Participant is successful in recovering any benefit under this Plan as a 
result of such action.  Such costs include (1) all such fees and 
expenses, if any, incurred in contesting or disputing any termination of 
employment or (2) any effort by the Participant to obtain or enforce any 
right or benefit provided by this Plan.

      (B)The Company will not assert in any dispute or controversy 
with any Participant arising under or in connection with this Plan the 
Participant's failure to exhaust administrative remedies.

.5  Funding and Payment.  (A)  Benefits payable to an Eligible Participant 
under this Plan will be paid only from the general assets of the Company.  No
person has any right to or interest in any specific assets of the Company by
reason of this Plan.  To the extent benefits under this Plan are not paid when 
due to an Eligible Participant, he or she is a general unsecured creditor of 
the Company with respect to any amounts due under the Plan.

      (A)The employer with whom an Eligible Participant was employed 
immediately before his or her Date of Termination has primary 
responsibility for any benefits to which the Eligible Participant is 
entitled pursuant to the Plan but to the extent such employer is unable 
or unwilling to provide such benefits, the Parent Corporation and each 
other Affiliate are jointly and severally responsible therefor to the 
extent permitted by applicable law.  If an Eligible Participant was 
simultaneously employed by more than one employer immediately before his 
or her Date of Termination, each such employer has primary 
responsibility for a portion of the benefits to which the Eligible 
Participant is entitled pursuant to the Plan that bears the same ratio 
to the total benefits to which he or she is entitled under the Plan as 
his or her Annual Base Salary from the employer immediately before his 
or her Date of Termination bears to his or her aggregate Annual Base 
Salary from all such employers.

<PAGE>

6

Miscellaneous
_____________

.1  Successors.  The Parent Company will require any Successor to expressly
assume and agree to perform the obligations of this Plan in the same manner 
and to the same extent that the Parent Company would be required to perform 
if no such succession had taken place.  Failure of the Parent Company to 
obtain such assumption and agreement at least three business days prior to 
the time a Person becomes a Successor (or where the Parent Company does not 
have at least three business days' advance notice that a Person may become a 
Successor, within one business day after having notice that such Person may 
become or has become a Successor) will constitute Good Reason for termination
of a Participant's employment.  The date on which any such succession becomes
effective will be deemed the Date of Termination and Notice of Termination 
will be deemed to have been given on such date.

.2   Binding Plan.  This Plan is for the benefit of, and is enforceable by, 
each Participant, each Participant's personal and legal representatives, 
executors, administrators, successors, heirs, distributees, devisees and 
legatees, but each Participant may not otherwise assign any of his or her 
rights or delegate any of his or her obligations under this Plan.  If a 
Participant dies after becoming entitled to, but before receiving, any 
amounts payable under this Plan, all such amounts, unless otherwise provided 
in this Plan, will be paid in accordance with the terms of this Plan to such 
Participant's devisee, legatee or other designee or, if there be no such 
designee, to such Participant's estate.

.3  Validity.  The invalidity or unenforceability of any provision of the 
Plan does not affect the validity or enforceability of any other provision of
the Plan, which will remain in full force and effect.

.4  No Mitigation.  No Eligible Participant will be required to mitigate 
the amount of any benefits the Company becomes obligated to provide in 
connection with this Plan by seeking other employment or otherwise and the 
benefits to be provided in connection with this Plan may not be reduced, 
offset or subject to recovery by the Company by any benefits an Eligible 
Participant may receive from other sources.

.5  No Set-off.  The Company has no right to set-off benefits owed under 
this Plan against amounts owed or claimed to be owed by an Eligible 
Participant to the Company under this Plan or otherwise.

.6  Taxes.  All payments to be made to each Eligible Participant in 
connection with this Plan will be subject to required withholding of federal,
state and local income, excise and employment-related taxes.

.7  Notices.  For the purposes of this Plan, notices and all other 
communications provided for in, or required under, this Plan must be in 
writing and will be deemed to have been duly given when personally delivered
or when mailed by United States registered or certified mail, return receipt 
requested, postage prepaid and addressed to each Participant's or the 
Company's (as the case may be) respective address (provided that all notices 
to the Company must be directed to the attention of the chair of the Board). 
For purposes of any such notice requirement, the Company will use the 
Participant's most current address on file in the Company's personnel 
records.  Any notice of a Participant's change of address will be effective 
only upon receipt by the Company.

.8  Effect of Plan Benefits on Other Severance Plans.  A Participant who 
receives any payment under the terms of this Plan will not be eligible to 
receive benefits under any other severance pay plan sponsored or maintained 
by the Company.

.9  Related Plans.  To the extent that any provision of any other Benefit 
Plan or agreement between the Company and a Participant limits, qualifies or 
is inconsistent with any provision of this Plan, then for purposes of this 
Plan, while such other Benefit Plan or agreement remains in force, the 
provision of this Plan will control and such provision of such other Benefit 
Plan or agreement will be deemed to have been superseded, and to be of no 
force or effect, as if such other agreement had been formally amended to the 
extent necessary to accomplish such purpose.  Nothing in this Plan prevents 
or limits a Participant's continuing or future participation in any Benefit 
Plan provided by the Company, and nothing in this Plan limits or otherwise 
affects the rights Participants may have under any Benefit Plans or other 
agreements with the Company.  Amounts which are vested benefits or which 
Participants are otherwise entitled to receive under any Benefit Plan or 
other agreement with the Company at or subsequent to the Date of Termination 
will be payable in accordance with such Benefit Plan or other agreement.

.10  No Employment or Service Contract.  Nothing in this Plan is intended 
to provide any Participant with any right to continue in the employ of the 
Company for any period of specific duration or interfere with or otherwise 
restrict in any way Participants' rights or the rights of the Company, which 
rights are hereby expressly reserved, to terminate a Participant's employment
at any time for any reason or no reason whatsoever, with or without cause.

.11  Survival.  The respective obligations of, and benefits afforded to, 
the Company and the Participants which by their express terms or clear intent
survive termination of a Participant's employment with the Company or 
termination of this Plan, as the case may be, will remain in full force and 
effect according to their terms notwithstanding the termination of a 
Participant's employment with the Company or termination of this Plan, as the
case may be.

.12 Effect on Other Plans.  Unless otherwise expressly provided therein, 
benefits paid or payable under the Plan will not be deemed to be salary or 
compensation for purposes of determining the benefits to which a Participant 
may be entitled under any other Benefit Plan sponsored, maintained or 
contributed to by the Company.

.13 Prohibition of Alienation.  No Participant will have the right to 
alienate, assign, encumber, hypothecate or pledge his or her interest in any 
benefit provided under the Plan, voluntarily or involuntarily, and any 
attempt to so dispose of any interest will be void.

<PAGE>
METROPOLITAN FINANCIAL CORPORATION
EXECUTIVE MANAGEMENT
CHANGE IN CONTROL SEVERANCE PAY PLAN


First Declaration of Amendment
______________________________


Pursuant to resolution of the Metropolitan Financial Corporation Board of 
Directors, the Metropolitan Financial Corporation Executive Management Change 
in Control Severance Pay Plan is hereby amended by adding a new Section 6.14 
which reads as follows:

     "6.14  Special Restrictions.  (A)  Notwithstanding any other provision 
       of the Plan to the contrary, the provisions of this Section 6.14 apply
       in the case of any Participant who is employed by an Affiliate that is
       a "savings association" within the meaning of 12 USC  1813(b)(1) 
       (an "Association") to the extent a benefit is otherwise required to be
       provided to the Participant by the Association.

             (A)      The Association's board of directors may terminate 
                  the Participant's employment at any time, but any 
                  termination by the Association's board of directors, other
                  than termination for cause, shall not prejudice the 
                  Participant's right to benefits under the Plan.  The 
                  Participant shall have no right to receive compensation or 
                  other benefits for any period after termination for cause. 
                  Termination for cause shall include termination because of 
                  the Participant's personal dishonesty, incompetence, 
                  willful misconduct, breach of fiduciary duty involving 
                  person profit, intentional failure to perform stated 
                  duties, willful violation of any law, rule, or regulation 
                  (other than traffic violations or similar offenses) or 
                  final cease-and-desist order, or material breach of any 
                  provision of an employment contract.  In determining 
                  whether a Participant's termination is for cause within 
                  the meaning of this clause (1), the Association shall 
                  follow the procedures specified in Section 2.5(B).

             (B)      If the Participant is suspended and/or temporarily 
                  prohibited from participating in the conduct of the 
                  Association's affairs by a notice served under section 
                  8(e)(3) or (g)(1) of the Federal Deposit Insurance Act 
                  (12 USC  1818(e)(3) and (g)(1)), the Association's 
                  obligations under the Plan shall be suspended as of the 
                  date of service unless stayed by appropriate proceedings.

             (C)      If the Participant is removed and/or permanently 
                  prohibited from participating in the conduct of the 
                  Association's affairs by an order issued under section 
                  8(e)(4) or (g)(1) of the Federal Deposit Insurance Act 
                  (12 USC  1818(e)(4) or (g)(1)), all obligations of the 
                  Association under the Plan shall terminate as of the 
                  effective date of the order, but vested rights of the  
                  Participant shall not be affected.

             (D)      If the Association is in default (as defined in 
                  section 3(x)(1) of the Federal Deposit Insurance Act), all 
                  obligations under the Plan shall terminate as of the date of 
                  default, but this clause (4) shall not affect any vested 
                  rights of the Participant.

             (E)      All obligations under the Plan shall be terminated, 
                  except to the extent determined that continuation of the 
                  Plan is necessary for the continued operation of the 
                  Association:

                        _by the Director of the Office of Thrift 
                        Supervision or his or her designee, at the time the 
                        Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation or the 
                        Resolution Trust Corporation enters into an agreement 
                        to provide assistance to or on behalf of the 
                        Association under the authority contained in section 
                        13(c) of the Federal Deposit Insurance Act; or

                        _by such Director or his or her designee, at the 
                        time the Director or his or her designee approves a 
                        supervisory merger to resolve problems related to 
                        operation of the Association or when the Association 
                        is determined by the Director to be in an unsafe or 
                        unsound condition.

               Any rights of the parties that have already vested, however, 
                  shall not be affected by such action.

             (F)      Any payments made by the Association to the 
                  Participant pursuant to the Plan, or otherwise, are subject 
                  to and conditioned upon their compliance with 12 USC  
                  1828(k) and any regulations promulgated thereunder.

           (B)  To the extent benefits that would otherwise be provided to
       an Eligible Participant pursuant to the Plan are restricted pursuant 
       to the provisions of Subsection (A), the Parent Corporation and each 
       other Affiliate other than an Association are jointly and severally 
       liable to provide such restricted benefits, without interruption and 
       without regard to Subsection (A), to the Eligible Participant."

The foregoing amendment is effective as of March 23, 1993.


<PAGE>
METROPOLITAN FINANCIAL CORPORATION
EXECUTIVE MANAGEMENT CHANGE IN CONTROL
SEVERANCE PAY PLAN


Second Declaration of Amendment
_______________________________

Pursuant to resolution of the Metropolitan Financial Corporation Board of 
Directors, Section 2.22 of the Metropolitan Financial Corporation Executive 
Management Change in Control Severance Pay Plan is amended to read as follows:

       "2.22 Qualified Employee.  A "Qualified Employee" is an individual 
        employed by the Company and classified as a "regular" employee 
        pursuant to the Company's applicable employment policies with a 
        salary grade classification of 21 or higher.  If an individual is a 
        Qualified Employee immediately prior to a Change in Control, he or 
        she will continue to be a Qualified Employee until his or her Date of 
        Termination."

The foregoing amendment is effective as of January 1, 1994.





                                                            Exhibit 23.1






                    CONSENT OF INDEPENDENT AUDITORS


We consent to the incorporation by reference in the Registration 
Statements (Forms S-8, No. 33-41525 and No. 33-60924) pertaining to the 
Metropolitan Financial Corporation 401(k) Savings Plan, (Forms S-8 No. 
33-41711 and No. 33-60936) pertaining to the Metropolitan Financial 
Corporation 1990 Stock Option Plan, (Form S-8 No. 33-47849) pertaining 
to the Metropolitan Financial Corporation Employee Stock Purchase Plan, 
(Form S-8 No. 33-47848) pertaining to the Edina Realty, Inc. Sales 
Associate Stock Purchase Plan and (Form S-8 No. 60914) pertaining to the 
Metropolitan Financial Corporation Executive Incentive Compensation Plan 
of our report dated January 19, 1994, with respect to the consolidated 
financial statements of Metropolitan Financial Corporation incorporated 
by reference in its Annual Report (Form 10-K) for the year ended 
December 31, 1993.



                                                           Ernst & Young


Minneapolis, Minnesota
March 25, 1994




© 2022 IncJournal is not affiliated with or endorsed by the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission